You are on page 1of 175

10-Channel Digital Proportional R/C System

TM

TM

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

1M23N29204

Technical updates and additional programming examples available at: http://www.futaba-rc.com/faq


Entire Contents 2014

7$%/(2)&217(176
Introduction ............................................6
6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH ..................................6
$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGLFDWLRQ ....7
'HQLWLRQVRI6\PEROV ...............................8

INTRODUCTION

6DIHW\3UHFDXWLRQV GRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXW
UHDGLQJ .......................................................9

%HIRUHXVH ..............................................12

BEFORE USE

)HDWXUHVRI- ........................................12
&RQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFLFDWLRQV ....13
6\VWHPFRPSDWLELOW\ ................................13
$FFHVVRULHV................................................14

COMMON

7UDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV ................................15
%DWWHU\ ............................................................. 17
6ZLWFK ............................................................. 18
7RWXUQRQWKH- ......................................... 18
5HFHLYHUDQGVHUYRFRQQHFWLRQV .................... 19
&KDUJLQJWKHEDWWHULHV ................................... 22
6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ............................................. 23
$GMXVWLQJGLVSOD\FRQWUDVW............................. 24
&RQQHFWRU3OXJ ............................................... 24
7UDQVPLWWHUGLVSOD\V EXWWRQV .................... 25
:DUQLQJ HUURUGLVSOD\V.............................. 26
/LQNSURFHGXUH ............................................... 27

AIRPLANE

HELICOPTER

5HFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH ............................28
56%&+PRGH ..................................29
5HFHLYHU
VDQWHQQDLQVWDOODWLRQ ...............

GLIDER

0RXQWLQJWKHVHUYR ..................................31
5DQJHFKHFNWKHUDGLR .............................32
6%866%86,QVWDOODWLRQ .....................33
6%86:LULQJH[DPSOH ............................34

MULTICOPTER

6%866\VWHP .........................................35
6%866%86'HYLFHVHWWLQJ .................36
7HOHPHWU\6\VWHP .....................................37
TX SETTING

&RPPRQIXQFWLRQ.................................38

6WLFNSRVLWLRQDODUP ....................................... 65

0RGHOVHOHFW ..............................................

7HOHPHWU\ ..................................................66

0RGHOVHOHFW .................................................... 41
0RGHOFRS\ ...................................................... 41
'DWHUHVHW......................................................... 41
5;W\SH............................................................ 42
/LQN ................................................................. 42

7HOHPHWU\5[EDWW .......................................... 66
7HOHPHWU\([WYROW ......................................... 
7HOHPHWU\WHPS............................................... 75
7HOHPHWU\USP ................................................ 76
7HOHPHWU\DOWLWXGH .......................................... 77
7HOHPHWU\YDULR .............................................. 78
7HOHPHWU\GLVWDQFH ......................................... 79
7HOHPHWU\VSHHG.............................................. 81
7HOHPHWU\EDWWHU\ ........................................... 82

0RGHOQDPH ..............................................43
0RGHOQDPH .................................................... 43
8VHUQDPH ....................................................... 44

)DLOVDIH .....................................................45
6HUYRUHYHUVH ............................................47
7LPHU.........................................................48
6HUYRPRQLWRU...........................................49
(QGSRLQW ..................................................
7ULP...........................................................51

6HQVRUVORW.................................................83
6HQVRUUHJLVWHU ................................................ 84
6HQVRUVHQVVORW ............................................... 85
6HQVRULQLWLDOL]H .............................................. 86
6HQVRUDOOFOHDU ............................................... 87
6HQVRUPDQXDOO\DVVLJQLQJDVHQVRU ............. 88

6XEWULP ....................................................52

6%86VHUYROLQN ......................................89

3URJUDPPL[LQJ .......................................53

0RGHOWUDQVIHU..........................................92

$8;FKDQQHO ............................................56

7UDLQHU ......................................................93

3DUDPHWHU .................................................58
'DWHUHVHW......................................................... 
0RGHOW\SH ...................................................... 61
6ZDVKW\SH IRUKHOL ....................................... 61
:LQJW\SH IRUJOLGHU .................................... 61
$7/7ULP ........................................................ 61
/&'FRQWUDVW .................................................. 62
%DFNOLJKW ........................................................ 62
/LJKWWLPH ........................................................ 62
/LJKWDGMXVWPHQW ............................................ 62
+RPHGLVSOD\ .................................................. 62
%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJH ................................... 62
%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJHYLEUDWLRQ................... 63
%X]]HUWRQH ..................................................... 63
-RJNH\QDYLJDWLRQ .......................................... 63
-RJOLJKW ........................................................... 63
-RJOLJKWWLPH .................................................. 64
7HOHPHWU\PRGH .............................................. 64
7HOHPHWU\XQLW................................................. 64
6SHHFKODQJXDJH ............................................. 64
6SHHFKYROXPH ................................................ 64

$LUSODQHIXQFWLRQ .................................95
$LOHURQ'LIIHUHQWLDO..................................97
$LOHURQ5XGGHU .....................................98
97DLO .........................................................99
*\URVHQVRU ............................................
(OHYRQ .....................................................
$LOYDWRU ...................................................
7KURWWOH1HHGOH0L[LQJ ......................
'XDOUDWH (;32 ................................
)ODSHURQ..................................................
$LUEUDNH ................................................
)ODS(OHYDWRUPL[LQJ .......................... 
(OHYDWRU)ODSPL[LQJ .......................... 111
)ODSWULP ................................................. 112
7KURWWOHFXW............................................. 113
,GOHGRZQ ................................................ 115
6QDSUROO.................................................. 116

7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................ 117

&DPEHUPL[LQJ ......................................

3,7FXUYH ................................................ 118

%XWWHU\PL[LQJ .....................................161

7KURWWOHGHOD\ ......................................... 119

&DPEHU(OHYDWRUPL[LQJ ....................162
(OHYDWRU&DPEHUPL[LQJ ....................163

+HOLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ............................

$LOHURQ&DPEHUPL[LQJ......................165

&RQGLWLRQ ................................................122

$LOHURQ%UDNHDS ..............................166

6ZDVK$)5 .............................................123

7ULPPL[ .................................................167

6ZDVKPL[LQJ .........................................124
6ZDVKULQJ ..............................................126

0XOWLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ..........................168

7ULPRIIVHW ..............................................127

*\URVHQVRU ............................................

'HOD\ .......................................................128

'XDOUDWH (;32 ................................171

7KURWWOHFXW.............................................129

&HQWHUDODUP ..........................................173

*\URVHQVRU ............................................131
'XDOUDWH (;32 ................................132

7;VHWWLQJ............................................174

7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................134

6WLFNPRGH ..............................................174

3LWFKFXUYH ..............................................136

6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ....................................174

5HYROXWLRQPL[LQJ 3,7WR58' .........138

7KURWWOHVWLFNUHYHUVH.............................175

7KURWWOHKROG ..........................................

/DQJXDJH ................................................175

*RYHUQRUPL[LQJ ....................................141
+RYHULQJWKURWWOH ...................................143
+RYHULQJSLWFK .......................................144
+,/2SLWFKWULP ...................................145
6ZDVK7KURWWOHPL[LQJ .......................146
7KURWWOH1HHGOHPL[LQJ.......................147

*OLGHUIXQFWLRQ ...................................148
$LOHURQ'LIIHUHQWLDO................................
$LOHURQ5XGGHU ...................................151
9WDLO........................................................152
*\URVHQVRU ............................................153
'XDOUDWH (;32 ................................154
0RWRUVZLWFK ..........................................156
&RQGLWLRQ ................................................157
5XGGHU$LOHURQPL[LQJ ......................158
&DPEHUDSPL[LQJ ...............................159

INTRODUCTION
Thank you for purchasing a Futaba T-FHSS Air-2.4GHz 10J series digital proportional R/C
system. This system is extremely versatile and may be used by beginners and pros alike. In order
IRU\RXWRPDNHWKHEHVWXVHRI\RXUV\VWHPDQGWR\VDIHO\SOHDVHUHDGWKLVPDQXDOFDUHIXOO\
,I \RX KDYH DQ\ GLIILFXOWLHV ZKLOH XVLQJ \RXU V\VWHP SOHDVH FRQVXOW WKH PDQXDO RXU RQOLQH
)UHTXHQWO\$VNHG 4XHVWLRQV RQ WKH ZHE SDJHV UHIHUHQFHG EHORZ  \RXU KREE\ GHDOHU RU WKH
Futaba Service Center.

Introduction

'XHWRXQIRUHVHHQFKDQJHVLQSURGXFWLRQSURFHGXUHVWKHLQIRUPDWLRQFRQWDLQHGLQWKLVPDQXDOLV
subject to change without notice.
Support and Service: It is recommended to have your Futaba equipment serviced annually during
your hobbys off season to ensure safe operation.
IN NORTH AMERICA
3OHDVH IHHO IUHH WR FRQWDFW WKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH &HQWHU IRU DVVLVWDQFH LQ RSHUDWLRQ XVH DQG
programming. Please be sure to regularly visit the 10J Frequently Asked Questions web site
DW ZZZIXWDEDUFFRPIDT 7KLV SDJH LQFOXGHV H[WHQVLYH SURJUDPPLQJ XVH VHW XS DQG VDIHW\
information on the 10J radio system and is updated regularly. Any technical updates and US
PDQXDO FRUUHFWLRQV ZLOO EH DYDLODEOH RQ WKLV ZHE SDJH ,I \RX GR QRW QG WKH DQVZHUV WR \RXU
TXHVWLRQVWKHUHSOHDVHVHHWKHHQGRIRXU)$4DUHDIRULQIRUPDWLRQRQFRQWDFWLQJXVYLDHPDLO
for the most rapid and convenient response.
'RQW KDYH ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV" ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV LV DYDLODEOH DW QR FKDUJH DW PRVW SXEOLF OLEUDULHV
VFKRROVDQGRWKHUSXEOLFUHVRXUFHV:HQGLQWHUQHWVXSSRUWWREHDIDEXORXVUHIHUHQFHIRUPDQ\
PRGHOHUVDVLWHPVFDQEHSULQWHGDQGVDYHGIRUIXWXUHUHIHUHQFHDQGFDQEHDFFHVVHGDWDQ\KRXU
RIWKHGD\QLJKWZHHNHQGRUKROLGD\,I\RXGRQRWZLVKWRDFFHVVWKHLQWHUQHWIRULQIRUPDWLRQ
KRZHYHUGRQWZRUU\2XUVXSSRUWWHDPVDUHDYDLODEOH0RQGD\WKURXJK)ULGD\&HQWUDOWLPH
to assist you.
FOR SERVICE ONLY:
Futaba Service Center
1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH
&KDPSDLJQ,/
3KRQH
www.futaba-rc.com/service.html
Email: futabaservice@hobbico.com

FOR SUPPORT :
(PROGRAMMING AND USER
QUESTIONS)
Please start here for answers to most questions:
www.futaba-rc.com/faq/
)D[
3KRQHRSWLRQ

OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA


3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXU)XWDEDLPSRUWHULQ\RXUUHJLRQRIWKHZRUOGWRDVVLVW\RXZLWKDQ\TXHVWLRQV
problems or service needs.
3OHDVH UHFRJQL]H WKDW DOO LQIRUPDWLRQ LQ WKLV PDQXDO DQG DOO VXSSRUW DYDLODELOLW\ LV EDVHG XSRQ
the systems sold in North America only. Products purchased elsewhere may vary. Always contact
your regions support center for assistance.

$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGLFDWLRQ
7KLVSURGXFWPD\EHXVHGIRUPRGHODLUSODQHRUVXUIDFH ERDWFDUURERW XVH,WLVQRWLQWHQGHG
for use in any application other than the control of models for hobby and recreational purposes.
7KH SURGXFW LV VXEMHFW WR UHJXODWLRQV RI WKH 0LQLVWU\ RI 5DGLR7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV DQG LV
restricted under Japanese law to such purposes.

Introduction

2. Exportation precautions:
D :KHQWKLVSURGXFWLVH[SRUWHGIURPWKHFRXQWU\RIPDQXIDFWXUHLWVXVHLVWREHDSSURYHGE\
the laws governing the country of destination which govern devices that emit radio frequencies. If
WKLVSURGXFWLVWKHQUHH[SRUWHGWRRWKHUFRXQWULHVLWPD\EHVXEMHFWWRUHVWULFWLRQVRQVXFKH[SRUW
Prior approval of the appropriate government authorities may be required. If you have purchased
WKLVSURGXFWIURPDQH[SRUWHURXWVLGH\RXUFRXQWU\DQGQRWWKHDXWKRUL]HG)XWDEDGLVWULEXWRULQ
\RXUFRXQWU\SOHDVHFRQWDFWWKHVHOOHULPPHGLDWHO\WRGHWHUPLQHLIVXFKH[SRUWUHJXODWLRQVKDYH
been met.
(b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control
5HJXODWLRQVDQGDQDSSOLFDWLRQIRUH[SRUWDSSURYDOPXVWEHVXEPLWWHG7KLVHTXLSPHQWPXVWQRW
be utilized to operate equipment other than radio controlled models.
0RGLFDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWV)XWDEDLVQRWUHVSRQVLEOHIRUXQDXWKRUL]HG
PRGLFDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWVRQWKLVSURGXFW$Q\VXFKFKDQJHVPD\YRLG
the warranty.
Compliance Information Statement (for U.S.A.)
7KLVGHYLFHWUDGHQDPH)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQPRGHOQXPEHU56%FRPSOLHVZLWKSDUWRI
WKH)&&5XOHV2SHUDWLRQLVVXEMHFWWRWKHIROORZLQJWZRFRQGLWLRQV
 7KLVGHYLFHPD\QRWFDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHDQG
  7KLV GHYLFH PXVW DFFHSW DQ\ LQWHUIHUHQFH UHFHLYHG LQFOXGLQJ LQWHUIHUHQFH WKDW PD\ FDXVH
undesired operation.
(3) This module meets the requirements for a mobile device that may be used at separation
distances of more than 20cm from human body.
To meet the RF exposure requirements of the FCC this device shall not be co-located with another
transmitting device.
The responsible party of this device compliance is:
Futaba Service Center
1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH&KDPSDLJQ,/86$
7(/  RU(PDLOVXSSRUW#KREELFRFRP 6XSSRUW
7(/  RU(PDLOIXWDEDVHUYLFH#KREELFRFRP 6HUYLFH 
7KH 5%5& 6($/ RQ WKH QLFNHOFDGPLXP EDWWHU\ FRQWDLQHG LQ )XWDED SURGXFWV
indicates that Futaba Corporation is voluntarily participating in an industry-wide
SURJUDP WR FROOHFW DQG UHF\FOH WKHVH EDWWHULHV DW WKH HQG RI WKHLU XVHIXO OLYHV ZKHQ
WDNHQ RXW RI VHUYLFH ZLWKLQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV7KH 5%5& SURJUDP SURYLGHV D
convenient alternative to placing used nickel-cadmium batteries into the trash or
PXQLFLSDOZDVWHV\VWHPZKLFKLVLOOHJDOLQVRPHDUHDV.
(for USA)
You may contact your local recycling center for information on where to return the spent battery. Please
FDOO %$77(5< IRU LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ 1L&G EDWWHU\ UHF\FOLQJ LQ\RXUDUHD)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQ
involvement in this program is part of its commitment to protecting our environment and conserving
natural resources.
5%5&LVDWUDGHPDUNRIWKH5HFKDUJHDEOH%DWWHU\5HF\FOLQJ&RUSRUDWLRQ

Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement (for U.S.A.)

Introduction

7KLVHTXLSPHQWKDVEHHQWHVWHGDQGIRXQGWRFRPSO\ZLWKWKHOLPLWVIRUD&ODVV%GLJLWDOGHYLFH
SXUVXDQWWR3DUWRIWKH)&&5XOHV7KHVHOLPLWVDUHGHVLJQHGWRSURYLGHUHDVRQDEOHSURWHFWLRQ
against harmful interference in a residential installation.
7KLV HTXLSPHQW JHQHUDWHV XVHV DQG FDQ UDGLDWH UDGLR IUHTXHQF\ HQHUJ\ DQG LI QRW LQVWDOOHG
DQG XVHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH LQVWUXFWLRQV PD\ FDXVH KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFH WR UDGLR
FRPPXQLFDWLRQV+RZHYHUWKHUHLVQRJXDUDQWHHWKDWLQWHUIHUHQFHZLOOQRWRFFXULQDSDUWLFXODU
LQVWDOODWLRQ ,I WKLV HTXLSPHQW GRHV FDXVH KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFH WR UDGLR RU WHOHYLVLRQ UHFHSWLRQ
ZKLFKFDQEHGHWHUPLQHGE\WXUQLQJWKHHTXLSPHQWRIIDQGRQWKHXVHULVHQFRXUDJHGWRWU\WR
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
--Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
--Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
--Consult the dealer or your Futaba Serivce center for help.
CAUTION:
To assure continued FCC compliance:
$Q\FKDQJHVRUPRGLFDWLRQVQRWH[SUHVVO\DSSURYHGE\WKHJUDQWHHRIWKLVGHYLFHFRXOGYRLGWKH
user's authority to operate the equipment.
Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation
7R FRPSO\ ZLWK )&& 5) H[SRVXUH FRPSOLDQFH UHTXLUHPHQWV D VHSDUDWLRQ GLVWDQFH RI DW OHDVW
20cm must be maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons.
This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
Meaning of Special Markings
Pay special attention to safety where indicated by the following marks:
DANGER - Procedures which may lead to dangerous conditions and cause death/serious
injury if not carried out properly.
WARNING - Procedures which may lead to a dangerous condition or cause death or
VHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKHXVHULIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\RUSURFHGXUHVZKHUHWKHSUREDELOLW\RI
VXSHUFLDOLQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLVKLJK
CAUTION  3URFHGXUHV ZKHUH WKH SRVVLELOLW\ RI VHULRXV LQMXU\ WR WKH XVHU LV VPDOO EXW
WKHUHLVDGDQJHURILQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\
3URKLELWHG 0DQGDWRU\
Warning: Always keep electrical components away from small children.

FLYING SAFETY
WARNING
7RHQVXUHWKHVDIHW\RI\RXUVHOIDQGRWKHUVSOHDVHREVHUYHWKHIROORZLQJSUHFDXWLRQV
Have regular maintenance performed. Although your 10J protects the model memories
ZLWK QRQYRODWLOH ((3520 PHPRU\ ZKLFK GRHV QRW UHTXLUH SHULRGLF UHSODFHPHQW  DQG
QRW D EDWWHU\ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU VWLOO VKRXOG KDYH UHJXODU FKHFNXSV IRU ZHDU DQG WHDU :H
recommend sending your system to the Futaba Service Center annually during your non\LQJVHDVRQIRUDFRPSOHWHFKHFNXSDQGVHUYLFH

NiMH/NiCd Battery
Charge the batteries! 6HH&KDUJLQJWKH1L&GEDWWHULHVIRUGHWDLOV $OZD\VUHFKDUJHWKH
WUDQVPLWWHU DQG UHFHLYHU EDWWHULHV EHIRUH HDFK \LQJ VHVVLRQ$ ORZ EDWWHU\ ZLOO VRRQ GLH
SRWHQWLDOO\FDXVLQJORVVRIFRQWURODQGDFUDVK:KHQ\RXEHJLQ\RXU\LQJVHVVLRQUHVHW
\RXU7-VEXLOWLQWLPHUDQGGXULQJWKHVHVVLRQSD\DWWHQWLRQWRWKHGXUDWLRQRIXVDJH

Where to Fly
:H UHFRPPHQG WKDW \RX \ DW D UHFRJQL]HG PRGHO DLUSODQH \LQJ HOG<RX FDQ QG PRGHO
FOXEVDQGHOGVE\DVNLQJ\RXUQHDUHVWKREE\GHDOHURULQWKH86E\FRQWDFWLQJWKH$FDGHP\
RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV

Introduction

Stop flying long before your batteries become low on charge. Do not rely on your
radios low battery warning systems, intended only as a precaution, to tell you when to
UHFKDUJH$OZD\VFKHFN\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDQGUHFHLYHUEDWWHULHVSULRUWRHDFKLJKW

<RX FDQ DOVR FRQWDFW WKH QDWLRQDO$FDGHP\ RI 0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV $0$  ZKLFK KDV PRUH
WKDQ  FKDUWHUHG FOXEV DFURVV WKH FRXQWU\ 7KURXJK DQ\ RQH RI WKHP LQVWUXFWRU WUDLQLQJ
SURJUDPVDQGLQVXUHGQHZFRPHUWUDLQLQJDUHDYDLODEOH&RQWDFWWKH$0$DWWKHDGGUHVVRUWROO
free phone number below.
Academy of Model Aeronautics
(DVW0HPRULDO'ULYH
0XQFLH,1
7HOH  
)D[  
or via the Internet at http:\\www.
modelaircraft.org
$OZD\V SD\ SDUWLFXODU DWWHQWLRQ WR WKH \LQJ HOGV UXOHV as well as the presence and
ORFDWLRQ RI VSHFWDWRUV WKH ZLQG GLUHFWLRQ DQG DQ\ REVWDFOHV RQ WKH HOG %H YHU\ FDUHIXO
\LQJLQDUHDVQHDUSRZHUOLQHVWDOOEXLOGLQJVRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQIDFLOLWLHVDVWKHUHPD\EH
radio interference in their vicinity.

NiMH/NiCd Battery Safety and Handling instructions


IMPORTANT!
Use only the Futaba special charger included with this set or other chargers approved by
)XWDEDWRFKDUJHWKH1L0+EDWWHULHVLQWKH7-WUDQVPLWWHULQFOXGHGZLWKWKLVVHW
,WLVLPSRUWDQWWRXQGHUVWDQGWKHRSHUDWLQJFKDUDFWHULVWLFVRI1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHV$OZD\VUHDG
WKH VSHFLILFDWLRQV SULQWHG RQ WKH ODEHO RI \RXU 1L0+1L&G EDWWHU\ DQG FKDUJHU SULRU WR XVH
)DLOXUHWRIROORZWKHSURFHHGLQJSUHFDXWLRQVFDQTXLFNO\UHVXOWLQVHYHUHSHUPDQHQWGDPDJHWR
the batteries and its surroundings and possibly result in a FIRE!

Introduction

10

IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS
'RQRWDWWHPSWWRGLVDVVHPEOH1L0+1L&GSDFNVRUFHOOV
'RQRWDOORZ1L0+1L&GFHOOVWRFRPHLQFRQWDFWZLWKPRLVWXUHRUZDWHUDWDQ\WLPH
$OZD\VSURYLGHDGHTXDWHYHQWLODWLRQDURXQG1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVGXULQJFKDUJHGLVFKDUJHZKLOHLQ
XVHDQGGXULQJVWRUDJH
'RQRWOHDYHD1L0+1L&GEDWWHU\XQDWWHQGHGDWDQ\WLPHZKLOHEHLQJFKDUJHGRUGLVFKDUJHG
'RQRWDWWHPSWWRFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVZLWKDFKDUJHUWKDWLV127GHVLJQHGIRU1L0+1L&G
EDWWHULHVDVSHUPDQHQWGDPDJHWRWKHEDWWHU\DQGFKDUJHUFRXOGUHVXOW
$OZD\VFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVLQDUHSURRIORFDWLRQ'RQRWFKDUJHRUGLVFKDUJH1L0+1L&G
EDWWHULHVRQFDUSHWDFOXWWHUHGZRUNEHQFKQHDUSDSHUSODVWLFYLQ\OOHDWKHURUZRRGRULQVLGHDQ5
&PRGHORUIXOOVL]HGDXWRPRELOH0RQLWRUWKHFKDUJHDUHDZLWKDVPRNHRUUHDODUP
'R QRW FKDUJH 1L0+1L&G EDWWHULHV DW FXUUHQWV JUHDWHU WKDQ WKH & UDWLQJ RI WKH EDWWHU\ &
equals the rated capacity of the battery).
'RQRWDOORZ1L0+1L&GFHOOVWRRYHUKHDWDWDQ\WLPH&HOOVZKLFKUHDFKJUHDWHUWKDQGHJUHHV
)DKUHQKHLW & VKRXOGEHSODFHGLQDUHSURRIORFDWLRQ
1L0+1L&GFHOOVZLOOQRWFKDUJHIXOO\ZKHQWRRFROGRUVKRZIXOOFKDUJH
,WLVQRUPDOIRUWKHEDWWHULHVWREHFRPHZDUPGXULQJFKDUJLQJEXWLIWKHFKDUJHURUEDWWHU\EHFRPHV
excessively hot disconnect the battery from the charger immediately!! Always inspect a battery
ZKLFKKDVSUHYLRXVO\RYHUKHDWHGIRUSRWHQWLDOGDPDJHDQGGRQRWUHXVHLI\RXVXVSHFWLWKDVEHHQ
damaged in any way.
'RQRWXVHD1L0+1L&GEDWWHU\LI\RXVXVSHFWSK\VLFDOGDPDJHKDVRFFXUUHGWRWKHSDFN&DUHIXOO\
LQVSHFWWKHEDWWHU\IRUHYHQWKHVPDOOHVWRIGHQWVFUDFNVVSOLWVSXQFWXUHVRUGDPDJHWRWKHZLULQJ
DQGFRQQHFWRUV'2127DOORZWKHEDWWHU\VLQWHUQDOHOHFWURO\WHWRJHWLQWRH\HVRURQVNLQZDVK
DIIHFWHGDUHDVLPPHGLDWHO\LIWKH\FRPHLQFRQWDFWZLWKWKHHOHFWURO\WH,ILQGRXEWSODFHWKHEDWWHU\
LQDUHSURRIORFDWLRQIRUDWOHDVWPLQXWHV
'RQRWVWRUHEDWWHULHVQHDUDQRSHQDPHRUKHDWHU
'RQRWGLVFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVDWFXUUHQWVZKLFKH[FHHGWKHGLVFKDUJHFXUUHQWUDWLQJRIWKH
battery.
$OZD\VVWRUH1L0+1L&GFHOOVSDFNVLQDVHFXUHORFDWLRQDZD\IURPFKLOGUHQ

$WWKH\LQJHOG
7RSUHYHQWSRVVLEOHGDPDJHWR\RXUUDGLRJHDUWXUQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKHVRQDQGRIILQWKH
proper sequence:

Introduction

3XOOWKURWWOHVWLFNWRLGOHSRVLWLRQRURWKHUZLVHGLVDUP\RXUPRWRUHQJLQH
2. Turn on the transmitter power and allow your transmitter to reach its home screen.
&RQUPWKHSURSHUPRGHOPHPRU\KDVEHHQVHOHFWHG
4. Turn on your receiver power.
7HVWDOOFRQWUROV,IDVHUYRRSHUDWHVDEQRUPDOO\GRQWDWWHPSWWR\XQWLO\RXGHWHUPLQHWKH
cause of the problem.
Test to ensure that the FailSafe settings are correct after adjusting them. Turn the transmitter
RIIDQGFRQUPWKHSURSHUVXUIDFHWKURWWOHPRYHPHQWV7XUQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUEDFNRQ
6WDUW\RXUHQJLQH
7. Complete a full range check.
$IWHU\LQJEULQJ\RXUWKURWWOHVWLFNWRLGOHSRVLWLRQHQJDJHDQ\NLOOVZLWFKHVRURWKHUZLVH
disarm your motor/engine.
9. Turn off receiver power.
10. Turn off transmitter power.
,I \RX GR QRW WXUQ RQ \RXU V\VWHP LQ WKLV RUGHU \RX PD\ GDPDJH \RXU VHUYRV RU FRQWURO
VXUIDFHVRRG\RXUHQJLQHRULQWKHFDVHRIHOHFWULFSRZHUHGRUJDVROLQHSRZHUHGPRGHOVWKH
engine may unexpectedly turn on and cause a severe injury.
:KLOH\RXDUHJHWWLQJUHDG\WR\LI\RXSODFH\RXUWUDQVPLWWHURQWKHJURXQGEHVXUH
that the wind won't tip it over. If it is knocked over, the throttle stick may be accidentally
PRYHGFDXVLQJWKHHQJLQHWRVSHHGXS$OVRGDPDJHWR\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\RFFXU
In order to maintain complete control of your aircraft it is important that it remains visible
at all times)O\LQJEHKLQGODUJHREMHFWVVXFKDVEXLOGLQJVJUDLQELQVHWFLVQRWVXJJHVWHG
Doing so may result in the reduction of the quality of the radio frequency link to the model.
'RQRWJUDVSWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VDQWHQQDGXULQJLJKW Doing so may degrade the quality
of the radio frequency transmission.
$VZLWKDOOUDGLRIUHTXHQF\WUDQVPLVVLRQVWKHVWURQJHVWDUHDRIVLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQLVIURP
WKHVLGHVRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VDQWHQQD$VVXFKWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGQRWEHSRLQWHGGLUHFWO\DW
WKHPRGHO,I\RXU\LQJVW\OHFUHDWHVWKLVVLWXDWLRQHDVLO\PRYHWKHDQWHQQDWRFRUUHFWWKLV
situation.
'RQW\LQWKHUDLQ:DWHURUPRLVWXUHPD\HQWHUWKHWUDQVPLWWHUWKURXJKWKHDQWHQQDRU
VWLFNRSHQLQJVDQGFDXVHHUUDWLFRSHUDWLRQRUORVVRIFRQWURO,I\RXPXVW\LQZHWZHDWKHU
GXULQJDFRQWHVWEHVXUHWRFRYHU\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKDSODVWLFEDJRUZDWHUSURRIEDUULHU
1HYHU\LIOLJKWQLQJLVH[SHFWHG

11

BEFORE USE
FEATURES
7)+66$LU*PXOWLIXQFWLRQFKDQQHOWUDQVPLWWHU
The Futaba 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system is employed.

7HOHPHWU\V\VWHP
A T-FHSS Air bidirectional communication system is used. The voltage of the battery mounted in the
IXVHODJHFDQEHGLVSOD\HGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUGXULQJLJKW$OWLWXGHVSHHGWHPSHUDWXUHDQGRWKHUIXVHODJH
data can be displayed at the transmitter by installing various optional telemetry sensors in the fuselage.

6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ
Telemetry data can be listened to by plugging commercial earphones into the transmitter.

%XLOWLQGLYHUVLW\DQWHQQD

Before use

Diversity antenna built into the transmitter provides a simple appearance and improves handling ease.

6%866%86VHUYRVHWWLQJIXQFWLRQ
S.BUS/S.BUS2 servo channel and various functions can be set by connecting the servo to the
transmitter.

3RZHUVDYLQJW\SHWUDQVPLWWHU
)RXU$$
V DONDOLQH EDWWHULHV FDQ EH XVHG7KH RSWLRQDO +7)% 1L0+ 9 P$  RU
)7)% OLWKLXPIHUULWH9P$ EDWWHU\FDQDOVREHXVHG

9LEUDWLRQ
$IXQFWLRQWKDWQRWLHVWKHRSHUDWRURIYDULRXVDODUPVE\YLEUDWLQJWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFDQEHVHOHFWHG

8QLTXHPRGHOPHPRU\V\VWHP
The transmitter body contains a 30 model memory.

0L[LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
)L[HGZLQJKHOLFRSWHUDQGJOLGHUPL[LQJW\SHFDQEHVHOHFWHGWRPDWFKWKHIXVHODJH,QDGGLWLRQ
swash plate types can also be selected for helicopters. Multi-copter selection is also possible.

'LJLWDOWULP
5DSLGWULPPLQJGXULQJLJKWLVSRVVLEOH7KHVRXQGFKDQJHVDWWKHFHQWHURIWULP7KHVWHSVL]HFDQEH
arbitrarily changed. The trim position is displayed on the LCD.

/HYHUKHDGOHQJWKDGMXVWPHQWDQGQHZOHYHUKHDGVKDSH
The lever head length can be adjusted. A new lever head shape that reduces slip during operation has
been adopted.

6ZLWFK95SRVLWLRQFKDQJHDQG$8;FKDQQHOIXQFWLRQFKDQJH
Mixing and other switches and knobs can be selected. Since the function of the AUX channels (5ch
FK FDQDOVREHFKDQJHGRULJLQDOPL[LQJLQDGGLWLRQWRH[LVWLQJPL[LQJFDQEHFUHDWHGE\XVLQJWKH
programmable mixing function.

0RGHOGDWDWUDQVIHUIXQFWLRQ
Model data can be wirelessly transferred between 10J or 8J transmitters.

56%UHFHLYHU
7)+66$LUV\VWHP6%86FRPSDWLEOH
S.BUS output and conventional channel output are provided. S.BUS and conventional system sharing is
possible.

12

(;7EDWWHU\WHUPLQDO
7KHYROWDJHFDQEHGLVSOD\HGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUE\EUDQFKFRQQHFWLQJWKHGULYHEDWWHU\HWFLQVWDOOHGLQ
WKHIXVHODJHZLWKWKH&$59,1FDEOHVROGVHSDUDWHO\

%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ

CONTENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS


6SHFLFDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH

<RXU-LQFOXGHVWKHIROORZLQJFRPSRQHQWV
T10J transmitter for airplanes or helicopters
R3008SB Receiver
Switch harness
Neck strap
*The set contents depend on the type of set.

Before use

7UDQVPLWWHU7-
VWLFNFKDQQHO7)+66$LU*V\VWHP 
Transmitting frequency: 2.4GHz band
6\VWHP7)+66$LU6)+66VZLWFKDEOH
Power supply: 6.0V Dry battery

5HFHLYHU56%
7)+66$LU*V\VWHPGXDODQWHQQDGLYHUVLW\6%86V\VWHP
3RZHUUHTXLUHPHQW9a9EDWWHU\RUUHJXODWHGRXWSXWIURP(6&HWF 
6L]H[[LQ [[PP
:HLJKWR] J
%DWWHU\)69ROWDJH,WVHWVXSZLWKDWUDQVPLWWHU
 :KHQXVLQJ(6&
VPDNHVXUHWKDWWKHUHJXODWHGRXWSXWFDSDFLW\PHHWV\RXUXVDJHDSSOLFDWLRQ

SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY
The 10J is a 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system. The transmitter can also be switched to S-FHSS +RZHYHUWKHWHOHPHWU\
V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWK6)+66 7KHXVDEOHUHFHLYHUVDUHVKRZQEHORZ

Communications System
T-FHSS Air
Default
S-FHSS
Change is possible

Usable Receivers
R3008SB
*R304SB, R304SB-E, T-FHSS surface system
receivers do not operate.

R2008SB
R2006GS
R2106GF

NOTE

*The Futaba T-FHSS Air system cannot be used with Futaba S-FHSS/FASST/FASSTest systems. Use
it with a T-FHSS Air system transmitter and receiver. The T10J is a T-FHSS Air systemEXWFDQDOVR
be used with an S-FHSS receiver by switching to S-FHSS+RZHYHULQWKLVFDVHWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHP
cannot be used.
*The T-FHSS Air system and T-FHSS surface system are different. The T10J cannot be used with the
R304SB, R304SB-E or T-FHSS surface system receivers.

13

7KHIROORZLQJDGGLWLRQDODFFHVVRULHVDUHDYDLODEOHIURP\RXUGHDOHU5HIHUWRD)XWDEDFDWDORJIRU
PRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
+7)%7UDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\SDFNWKH P$K WUDQVPLWWHU1L0+EDWWHU\SDFNPD\EHHDVLO\
H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHG\LQJVHVVLRQV
)7)%7UDQVPLWWHU/L)HEDWWHU\SDFNFDQDOVREHXVHG+RZHYHUFKDUJHZLWKWKHFKDUJHURQO\IRU
LiFe.

Before use

7UDLQHUFRUGWKHRSWLRQDOWUDLQLQJFRUGPD\EHXVHGWRKHOSDEHJLQQLQJSLORWOHDUQWR\HDVLO\E\SODFLQJ
the instructor on a separate transmitter. Note that the T10J transmitter may be connected to another T10J
V\VWHPDVZHOODVWRDQ\RWKHUPRGHOVRI)XWDEDWUDQVPLWWHUV7KH7-WUDQVPLWWHUXVHVRQHRIWKHWKUHH
FRUGSOXJW\SHVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFRQQHFWHG 5HIHUWRWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKH75$,1(5IXQFWLRQ
LQVWUXFWLRQV 7KHSDUWQXPEHURIWKLVFRUGLV)870
Servos - there are various kinds of servos. Please choose the Futaba servos best suited for the model and
SXUSRVH\RXDUHXVLQJWKHPIRU,I\RXXWLOL]HD6%86V\VWHP\RXVKRXOGFKRRVHD6%86VHUYR
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRUSOHDVHSXUFKDVHDQRSWLRQDOVHQVRULQRUGHUWRXWLOL]HELGLUHFWLRQDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
system and to acquire the information from a model high up in the sky.
[Temperature sensor : SBS-01T] [Altitude sensor : SBS-01A] [RPM sensor magnet type : SBS-01RM]
[RPM sensor optical type : SBS-01RO] [GPS sensor : SBS-01G] [Voltage sensor : SBS-01V]
Neckstrap - a neckstrap can be connected to your T10J system to make it easier to handle and improve
\RXU\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQWQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUVZHLJKW
<KDUQHVVHVVHUYRH[WHQVLRQVKXEHWF*HQXLQH)XWDEDH[WHQVLRQVDQG<KDUQHVVHVLQFOXGLQJDKHDY\
GXW\YHUVLRQZLWKKHDYLHUZLUHDUHDYDLODEOHWRDLGLQ\RXUODUJHUPRGHODQGRWKHULQVWDOODWLRQV
Gyros - a variety of genuine Futaba gyros is available for your aircraft or helicopter needs.
Governor - for helicopter use. Automatically adjusts throttle servo position to maintain a constant head
VSHHGUHJDUGOHVVRIEODGHSLWFKORDGZHDWKHUHWF
Receivers - various models of Futaba receivers may be purchased for use in other models. (Receivers for
7)+66$LU6)+66W\SHVDUHDYDLODEOH

14

TRANSMITTER CONTROLS - AIRPLANE


Built-in Antenna
Carrying Handle

VR
Flap Trim Control

Digital Trim 5
/CH7 Control

This controls CH6, and if flaperon mixing


is activated controls the flap.

SW(C)
Elevator - Flap Mixing or
Airbrake Mixing Switch

SW(B)
Rudder Dual Rate Switch
SW(A)
Elevator Dual Rate
Switch

SW(H)

SW(E)
Landing Gear
Switch
/CH5

SW(G)

Before use

SW(D)
Aileron Dual Rate Switch

SW(F)
Snap Roll or
Trainer Switch

Digital Trim 6
/CH8 Control
Rudder
/Throttle
Stick

Elevator
/Aileron
Stick

Power
LED

Elevator Trim Lever

Throttle
Trim Lever

Aileron Trim Lever

Rudder
Trim Lever

Key
Key

END Key

Jog Key

Power Switch
(Up position: ON)

LCD Panel

Hook
(for optional neckstrap)

7KLVJXUHVKRZVWKHGHIDXOWVZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWVIRUD-$0RGH IRU86$ V\VWHPDV


supplied by the factory.
You can change many of the switch positions or functions by selecting a new position
within the setting menu for the function you wish to move.

15

TRANSMITTER CONTROLS - HELI


Built-in Antenna
Carrying Handle

VR
CH8 Knob

Digital Trim 5

SW(C)
Governor Switch/CH7

SW(B)
Rudder Dual Rate Switch

Before use

SW(A)
Elevator Dual Rate
Switch
SW(F)
Idle-up 3 Switch
/Gyro/CH5

SW(D)
Aileron Dual Rate Switch
SW(H)
Trainer Switch

SW(E)

SW(G)
Throttle - Hold Switch

Idle-up 1&2
Switch
Digital Trim 6

Throttle/Collective
Pitch & Rudder Stick

Elevator
/Aileron
Stick

Power
LED
Throttle/Collective
Pitch Trim Lever

Elevator Trim Lever


Aileron Trim Lever

Rudder
Trim Lever

Key
Key

END Key

Jog Key

Power Switch
(Up position: ON)

LCD Panel

Hook
(for optional neckstrap)

7KLVJXUHVKRZVWKHGHIDXOWVZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWVIRUD-+0RGHV\VWHPDVVXSSOLHG
by the factory.
You can change many of the switch positions or functions by selecting a new position
within the setting menu for the function you wish to move.

16

INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF THE TRANSMITTER BATTERY


The T10J transmitter is designed to work with
HLWKHU IRXU  $$ DONDOLQH GU\ FHOO EDWWHULHV
RU +7)%)7)% EDWWHU\ SDFN ERWK
available separately. The transmitter batteries
used are a matter of personal preference. AA
Alkaline batteries are available at any local
KREE\VKRSJURFHU\VWRUHHWF$EDWWHU\SDFN
will need to be purchased from a hobby shop.

Before use

push and slide down

Remove the battery BOX if you choose


to use the optional HT5F1800B/FT2F2100B
EDWWHU\SDFNZKLFKFDQEHUHFKDUJHGIURPWKH
transmitter.
And "BATT TYPE" in a PARAMETER is
changed into "HT5F1800B : 5.0V FT2F2100B :
5.8V " .

Battery cover

:$51,1*
%HFDUHIXOQRWWRGURSWKHEDWWHU\
1HYHUGLVFRQQHFWWKHEDWWHU\FRQQHFWRU
I U R P  W K H  7   -  W U D Q V P L W W H U  D I W H U
WXUQLQJRIIWKHSRZHUXQWLOWKHVFUHHQLV
FRPSOHWHO\EODQNDQGWKHWUDQVPLWWHUKDV
VKXWGRZQFRPSOHWHO\
,QWHUQDOGHYLFHVVXFKDVPHPRULHVPD\EHGDPDJHG
,IWKHUHLVDQ\SUREOHPWKHPHVVDJH%DFNXS(UURU
will be shown the next time when you turn on the
power of the transmitter. Do not use the transmitter as
it is. Send it to the Futaba Service Center.

NOTE: If you need to remove or replace the


transmitter battery, do not pull strongly on the
battery wires to remove it. Insert the connector
straight as shown.

'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\RWKHUFKDUJHUVH[FHSW
WKH VSHFLDO FKDUJHU WR WKLV FKDUJLQJ
FRQQHFWRU
7KH YROWDJH GURS FKDUDFWHULVWLFV RI D
UHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\DQGGU\FHOOEDWWHU\
DUHGLIIHUHQW&KDQJHWKHEDWWHU\DODUP
YROWDJHWR9IRUWKH+7)BDQG
WR9IRUWKH)7)%

NOTE: This plug is for charging HT5F1800B.


The other battery cannot be charged.
FT2F2100B is removed from a transmitter, and
charges with an exclusive charger(LBC-4E5).

17

SWITCH ASSIGNMENT TABLE


The factory default functions activated by the switches and VR for an 10JA Mode 2 for USA
transmitter are shown below.
Most 10J functions may be reassigned to non-default positions quickly and easily.
Basic control assignments of channels 5-10 are quickly adjustable in AUX-CH.
Note that most functions need to be activated in the programming to operate.
 -+-$ DQG -$ 0RGH  IRU 86$ WUDQVPLWWHU IXQFWLRQV DUH VLPLODU EXW UHYHUVH FHUWDLQ
switch commands. Always check that you have the desired switch assignment for each function
during set up.

Before use

Switch VR
Switch A

ACRO
Elevator D/R CH9

HELI
Elevator D/R CH9

Switch B
Switch C

Rudder D/R
(UP) ELE FLP
(Center/Down) Idle down
(Down) Air brake
Aileron D/R CH10

Rudder D/R
Governor 7CH

Switch D
Switch E
Switch F
Switch G
Switch H
VR
DT5
DT6

Gear 5CH
Snap roll Trainer
Flap 6CH
7CH
8CH

MULTICOPTER
Glider A-1
Glider A-2
Glider AF1
Glider AF2
Glider AF4
Elevator D/R CH9 Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R
CH9
CH9
CH9
CH9
Rudder D/R
Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R
6CH

Aileron D/R CH10


Aileron D/R CH10
Idle up1,2
5CH
Idle up3 Gyro 5CH
Throttle hold
Throttle cut Trainer
Trainer
Hovering pitch CH8
7CH
8CH

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

6CH
Trainer
10CH
5CH
8CH

6CH
Trainer
10CH
5CH
8CH

6CH
Trainer
10CH
Flap(5CH)
8CH

Trainer
10CH
Flap(5/6CH)
8CH

Trainer
10CH
Flap(5/6CH)
Flap(8/9CH)

Switch VR
Switch A

ACRO
Elevator D/R CH9

HELI
Elevator D/R CH9

Switch B
Switch C

Rudder D/R
(UP) ELE FLP
(Center/Down) Idle down
(Down) Air brake
Aileron D/R CH10
Gear 5CH
Snap roll Trainer

Rudder D/R
Governor 7CH

Switch D
Switch E
Switch F
Switch G
Switch H
VR
DT5
DT6

Flap 6CH
7CH
8CH

MULTICOPTER
Glider A-1
Glider A-2
Glider AF1
Glider AF2
Glider AF4
Elevator D/R CH9 Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R
CH9
CH9
CH9
CH9
Rudder D/R
Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R
6CH

Aileron D/R CH10


Aileron D/R CH10
Throttle hold
5CH
Trainer
Trainer
Idle up1,2
Throttle cut Idle up3
Gyro 5CH
Hovering pitch CH8
7CH
8CH

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Aileron D/R

Trainer
6CH

Trainer
6CH

Trainer
6CH

Trainer

Trainer

10CH
5CH
8CH

10CH
5CH
8CH

10CH
Flap(5CH)
8CH

10CH
Flap(5/6CH)
8CH

10CH
Flap(5/6CH)
Flap(8/9CH)

2QWKH-$0RGHIRU86$WUDQVPLWWHUVWKH723/()7SWITCHES are spring-loaded and 2-position; on the 10JA


0RGH  -+ WKRVH VZLWFKHV DUH RQ WKH ULJKW VLGH )RU FRQVLVWHQF\ WKH VZLWFK SRVLWLRQV GHVLJQDWLRQ UHPDLQV WKH
VDPH XSSHUOHIWLV)HWF EXWWKHIXQFWLRQVDUHPRYHGWRPDWFKWKHVZLWFKW\SH

TO TURN ON THE 10J SYSTEM


First make sure the throttle stick is in the low throttle position.
Push up to turn on.

,IWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLVQRWLQWKHORZSRVLWLRQ
you'll have an alarm until the stick is in the low position.

18

RECEIVER AND SERVO CONNECTIONS


$LUFUDIW

*When using 8 or more channels, use an S.BUS


function or use a second R3008SB and link
both to your transmitter.

Aileron Differential mode (AILE-DIFF 


Flaperon mode.
3
8VLQJ6HFRQG$LOHURQRSWLRQVHFRQG$LOHURQVHUYRRXWSXWLVVHQW
to channels 5 and 6. ( AILE-2
4
AILEVATOR GXDOHOHYDWRU PRGH
5
ELEVON mode.
1

:LQJ7\SH

)/$3(521

AIL1
FLP2
(CH1)

7DLO7\SH
1250$/

ELE
(CH2)

97$,/

ELE1
RUD2
(CH2)

ELE2
RUD1
(CH4)

$,/9$725

ELE1
AIL3
(CH2)

ELE2
AIL4
(CH8)

(/(921

AIL1
ELE2
(CH1)

Before use

5HFHLYHU
2XWSXWDQG
$LUFUDIW ACRO)
&KDQQHO
1
Ailerons/Aileron-11/combined Flap-2 & Aileron-12/combined Aileron-1 &
Elevator-25
2
Elevator/combined Aileron-2 & Elevator-15
3
Throttle
4
Rudder
5
Landing gear/Aileron-2/combined Flap-1 and Aileron-2
6
)ODS V FRPELQHG)ODSDQG$LOHURQ2
7
Aileron-21
8
Elevator-24/Mixture control
9
AUX
10
AUX

AIL2
FLP1
(CH6)

)/$3

AIL2
ELE1
(CH2)

AIL1
(CH1)

AIL
(CH1)

FLP
(CH6)

AIL2
(CH7)

0XOWLFRSWHU
5HFHLYHU
2XWSXWDQG

0XOWLFRSWHU MULTI COPT)

&KDQQHO
1
2
3
4
5
6

$LOHURQ 0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
(OHYDWRU 0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
7KURWWOH 0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
5XGGHU 0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
0RGH 0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
AUX :KHQ XVLQJ D *<52 6(16 IXQFWLRQ &+ LV XVHG IRU 0RGH
0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU 

7
AUX
8
AUX
9
AUX
10
AUX
*Use the controller of multicopter corresponding to Futaba.

19

RECEIVER AND SERVO CONNECTIONS

*When using 8 or more channels, use an S.BUS


function or use a second R3008SB and link
both to your transmitter.

5HFHLYHU
+HOLFRSWHU HELI)

2XWSXWDQG

Before use

&KDQQHO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

$LOHURQ F\FOLFUROO 
(OHYDWRU F\FOLFSLWFK 
Throttle
Rudder
Gyro
3LWFK FROOHFWLYHSLWFK 
AUX/Governor
AUX/ELE2/Mixture control
AUX
AUX

6ZDVK7\SH

(Normal linkage type)


H-1: each servo linked
to the swashplate
independently.

$,/$LOHURQ6HUYR
(/((OHYDWRU6HUYR
3,73LWFK6HUYR

20

RECEIVER AND SERVO CONNECTIONS

*When using 8 or more channels, use an S.BUS


function or use a second R3008SB and link
both to your transmitter.

*OLGHU
$,/ $
2 Aileron

$) $)
2 Aileron
1 Flap

$) $)
2 Aileron
2 Flap

$) $)
2 Aileron
4 Flap

Aileron

Aileron

Aileron

Aileron

Aileron

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Elevator

Motor

Motor

Motor

Motor

Motor

Rudder

Rudder

Rudder

Rudder

Rudder

AUX

AUX

Flap

Flap

Flap

AUX

AUX

AUX

Flap2

Flap2

AUX

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

Aileron2

AUX

AUX

AUX

AUX

Flap3

AUX

AUX

AUX

AUX

Flap4

10

AUX

(&DPEHU

(&DPEHU

(&DPEHU

(&DPEHU

Before use

CH

$,/ $
1 Aileron

Wing type
$,/ $

$,/ $

$,/)/3 $)

Aileron1
(CH1)

Aileron1
(CH1)
Aileron2
(CH7)

Aileron2
(CH7)

Aileronservo
(CH1)

Flap
(CH5)

$,/)/3 $)

Aileron1
Flap1
(CH1)
(CH5)

Flap2
(CH6)

$,/)/3 $)
Aileron1
(CH1)
Flap1
(CH5)

Aileron2
(CH7)

Flap3
(CH8)

Flap4
(CH9)
Flap2
(CH6)

Aileron2
(CH7)

Tail type
1RUPDO

Elevator
(CH2)

WDLO

Elevator1
Rudder2
(CH2)

Elevator2
Rudder1
(CH4)

21

CHARGING THE BATTERIES (When the rechargeable battery option is used)


&KDUJLQJ<RXU6\VWHPV%DWWHULHV
1. Connect the transmitter charging jack and batteries to the transmitter and receiver connectors
of the charger.
2. Plug the charger into a wall socket.
3. Check that the charger LED lights.

Charger

TX: Transmitter charging indicator


RX: Receiver charging indicator

Before use

To transmitter charging jack

Receiver battery

According to the description of the battery to be used


DQG LWV H[FOXVLYH FKDUJHU SOHDVH XVH LW DIWHU FDUU\LQJ
out full charge.
:H UHFRPPHQG FKDUJLQJ WKH EDWWHULHV ZLWK WKH
FKDUJHU VXSSOLHG ZLWK \RXU V\VWHP Note that the
use of a fast charger may damage the batteries by
overheating and dramatically reduce their lifetime.
: K H Q + 7)% L V F K R V H Q  + % & $   L V
recommended.
:KHQ FKDUJLQJ )7)% SOHDVH PDNH VXUH WR
remove the battery from the system to charge it.
Charger for this battery is recommended to use LBC4E5.

%DWWHU\&DUHDQG3UHFDXWLRQV
Below you will find some general rules and guidelines which should be adhered to when
charging transmitter and/or receiver battery packs. These are included to serve only as general
JXLGHOLQHVDQGDUHQRWLQWHQGHGWRUHSODFHRUVXSHUVHGHWKHLQIRUPDWLRQSURYLGHGE\WKHEDWWHU\
DQGRUFKDUJHUPDQXIDFWXUHU)RUFRPSOHWHLQIRUPDWLRQSOHDVHUHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVWKDWDUH
LQFOXGHGZLWKWKHEDWWHU\SDFN V DQGRUFKDUJHUVWKDWDFFRPSDQ\WKHSURGXFWVSXUFKDVHG
Do not allow children to charge battery packs without adult supervision.
Do not charge battery packs that have been damaged in any way. We strongly suggest frequent
inspection of the battery packs to ensure that no damage has occurred.
'R QRW WR DOORZ EDWWHULHV WR RYHUKHDW ,I RYHUKHDWHG GLVFRQQHFW WKH EDWWHU\ IURP WKH FKDUJHU
immediately and allow to cool.
'RQRWPL[FHOOVDOOFHOOVVKRXOGEHRIWKHVDPHPDWHULDOFRQJXUDWLRQHWF
Do not deep cycle NiMH batteries as permanent damage could result.
1HYHUFKDUJHEDWWHULHVRQDVXUIDFHWKDWPD\EHFRPHKRWRUPD\EHLPSDFWHGE\WKHKHDW
,PPHGLDWHO\HQGWKHFKDUJLQJSURFHGXUHLIHLWKHUWKHEDWWHULHVRUFKDUJHULWVHOIEHFRPHRYHUO\KRW
1L0+FHOOVGRQRWH[KLELWWKHPHPRU\HIIHFWOLNH1L&GFHOOVVROLWWOHF\FOLQJLVQHHGHG6WRUH
1L0+SDFNVZLWKVRPHYROWDJHUHPDLQLQJRQWKHFHOOV UHIHUWREDWWHU\VXSSOLHU 
NiMH cells have a self-discharge rate of approximately 20-25% (compared to 15% for NiCd
EDWWHULHV ,WLVLPSRUWDQWWRUHFKDUJH1L0+EDWWHULHVLPPHGLDWHO\SULRUWRXVH
Never connect the battery in reverse. Reverse connection will cause the battery to overheat or
will damage the inside of the charger.
Do not add an additional charge after charging.
1HYHUFKDUJHZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJWKHQRPLQDOFDSDFLW\ O& RIWKHUHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\
,IDEDWWHU\LVFKDUJHGZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJ&WKHEDWWHU\ZLOORYHUKHDWDQGGHWHULRUDWH
Do not connect two battery packs or more to one output terminal.
Avoid extremely cold and hot places and the direct sunlight when you charge batteries.
,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRSHUIRUPFKDUJLQJZLWKLQWKHa& ) UDQJH2WKHUZLVHLWPD\
cause abnormal charging and overheat.

22

ADJUSTING THE LENGTH OF THE CONTROL STICKS


Stick tip A

Locking piece B

You may change the length of the control sticks to make


your transmitter more comfortable to hold and operate. To
OHQJWKHQ RU VKRUWHQ \RXU WUDQVPLWWHUV VWLFNV ILUVW XQORFN
the stick tip by holding locking piece B and turning stick
WLS$ FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH 1H[W PRYH WKH ORFNLQJ SLHFH %
XSRUGRZQ WROHQJWKHQRUVKRUWHQ :KHQWKHOHQJWKIHHOV
FRPIRUWDEOH ORFN WKH SRVLWLRQ E\ WXUQLQJ ORFNLQJ SLHFH %
counterclockwise.

STICK LEVER TENSION ADJUSTMENT

Four screws are


removed and rear
case is removed.

Elevator

Before use

<RXPD\DGMXVWWKHWHQVLRQRI\RXUVWLFNVWRSURYLGHWKHIHHOWKDW\RXSUHIHUIRU\LQJ7RDGMXVW
\RXU VSULQJV \RXOO KDYH WR UHPRYH WKH UHDU FDVH RI WKH WUDQVPLWWHU )LUVW UHPRYH WKH EDWWHU\
FRYHURQWKHUHDURIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXQSOXJWKHEDWWHU\ZLUHDQGUHPRYHWKHEDWWHU\IURP
WKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXVLQJDVFUHZGULYHUUHPRYHWKHIRXUVFUHZVWKDWKROGWKHWUDQVPLWWHUVUHDU
FRYHULQSRVLWLRQDQGSXWWKHPLQDVDIHSODFH*HQWO\HDVHRIIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUVUHDUFRYHU1RZ
\RXOOVHHWKHYLHZVKRZQLQWKHJXUHDERYH
8VLQJDVPDOO3KLOOLSVVFUHZGULYHUURWDWHWKHDGMXVWLQJVFUHZIRUHDFKVWLFNIRUWKHGHVLUHGVSULQJ
tension. The tensionincreaseswhen the adjusting screw is turned clockwise. When you are
VDWLVHGZLWKWKHVSULQJWHQVLRQVUHDWWDFKWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VUHDUFRYHU:KHQWKHFRYHULVSURSHUO\
LQSODFHUHLQVWDOODQGWLJKWHQWKHIRXUVFUHZV5HLQVWDOOWKHEDWWHU\DQGFRYHU

Rudder

Aileron
Stick

Stick

Mode 2 transmitter with rear case removed.

+ screw is clockwise.

+ screw is counter-clockwise.
Do not loosen
the screw past
the top of the
frame, as this
will cause the
screw to rub on
the back case.

Stick tension maximum

Stick tension minimum

A screw touches a case.

23

ADJUSTING DISPLAY CONTRAST


7RDGMXVWWKHGLVSOD\FRQWUDVWIURPWKHKRPHPHQXSUHVVDQGKROGWKHEND BUTTON.
Push the KEY while still holding the END BUTTON:
KEY to brighten
KEY to darken the display
Key

END Key

1.Press and hold

2.Push the +key

Before use

Bright

END Key

Key

1.Press and hold

2.Push the key


Dark

CONNECTOR / PLUG
7UDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU
:KHQ\RXXVHWKHWUDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWWKH
optional trainer cable between the transmitters
for teacher and student.
*You can set the trainer function on the Trainer Function
screen.
Trainer function
connector

Earphone
plug

24

S.BUS
FRQQHFWRU 6,)

6%86FRQQHFWRU 6,)
When setting an S.BUS servo and telemetry
VHQVRUFRQQHFWWKHPERWKKHUH
6XSSO\SRZHUE\ZD\KXERUZD\FRUG
(DUSKRQHSOXJ
The telemetry data can be listened to by
plugging in commercial 3.5mm earphones. (See
WKHWHOHPHWU\LWHPIRUWKHGHWDLOHGVHWWLQJ

TRANSMITTER DISPLAYS & BUTTONS


:KHQ\RXUVWWXUQRQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDFRQUPDWLRQGRXEOHEHHSVRXQGVDQGWKHVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZ DSSHDUV %HIRUH \LQJ RU HYHQ VWDUWLQJ WKH HQJLQH EH VXUH WKDW WKH PRGHO W\SH DQG QDPH
DSSHDULQJRQWKHGLVSOD\PDWFKHVWKHPRGHOWKDW\RXDUHDERXWWR\,I\RXDUHLQWKHZURQJPRGHO
PHPRU\VHUYRVPD\EHUHYHUVHGDQGWUDYHOVDQGWULPVZLOOEHZURQJSRWHQWLDOO\OHDGLQJWRDFUDVK
(GLWEXWWRQVDQG6WDUWXS6FUHHQ DSSHDUVZKHQV\VWHPLVUVWWXUQHGRQ 
Total timer display <TIMER>
Shows the cumulated ON time. (hours:minutes)
Up/down timer display <ST1.ST2>
(minutes:seconds)
Model timer display <MDL>
Shows the cumulated ON time for each model.(hours:minutes)
System timer display <SYS>
Shows the cumulated ON time.(hours:minutes)

Timers
Model number
and name
Throttle trim
display

Model type
System
"T-FHSS" "S-FHSS"
Output display
Battery
voltage Telemetry
Receiving accuracy

Before use

Resetting timers:
Select the desired timer with JOG KEY. The timer display
ashes. To reset the timer, press JOG KEY.

Press and hold KEY for one


second to open programming
menus.

Elevator trim
display

key
END
Key

key
Jog key

Rudder trim
display

Aileron trim
display

JOG KEY:
Control JOG KEY to scroll up/scroll down/scroll left/scroll right and select the option to edit within a
IXQFWLRQ:KHQWKHPHQXKDVPXOWLSOHSDJHVPRYHWKHJOG KEY KRUL]RQWDOO\ OHIWRUULJKW 
Press JOG KEY to select the actual function you wish to edit from the menu.
Press JOG KEY DQG KROG RQH VHFRQG WR FRQILUP PDMRU GHFLVLRQV VXFK DV WKH GHFLVLRQ WR VHOHFW
D GLIIHUHQW PRGHO IURP PHPRU\ FRS\ RQH PRGHO PHPRU\ RYHU DQRWKHU WULP UHVHW VWRUH FKDQQHO
SRVLWLRQLQ)DLO6DIHFKDQJHPRGHOW\SHUHVHWHQWLUHPRGHOFRQGLWLRQRIDKHOLFRSWHUVHWXSLVFKDQJHG
An on screen inquiry will ask if you are sure.
Press JOG KEY again to accept the change.

KEY:
Press and hold KEYIRURQHVHFRQGWRRSHQSURJUDPPLQJPHQXV,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJLQJDVHWXS
or a numerical increase. Changing the menus pages can also be performed.

KEY:

,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJHRIDVHWXSRUUHGXFWLRQRIDQXPEHU&KDQJHRIWKHSDJHRIDPHQXFDQDOVREH
performed.

END BUTTON:
3UHVV(1'%87721WRUHWXUQWRSUHYLRXVVFUHHQFORVHIXQFWLRQVEDFNWRPHQXVDQGFORVHPHQXVWR
start-up screen.

25

WARNING & ERROR DISPLAYS


An alarm or error indication may appear on the display of your transmitter for a number of
UHDVRQV LQFOXGLQJ ZKHQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU VZLWFK LV WXUQHG RQ ZKHQ WKH EDWWHU\ YROWDJH LV
ORZDQGVHYHUDORWKHUV(DFKGLVSOD\KDVDXQLTXHVRXQGDVVRFLDWHGZLWKLWDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ
LOW BATTERY ERROR: Warning sound: Continuous beep until transmitter is powered off.
The LOW BATTERY warning is displayed when the transmitter battery voltage drops below 4.1V.
/DQG\RXUPRGHODVVRRQDVSRVVLEOHEHIRUHORVVRIFRQWURO
GXHWRDGHDGEDWWHU\

Before use

MIXING ALERT WARNING: Warning sound: Several beeps repeated until problem resolved or
overridden.
The MIXING ALERT warning is displayed to alert you whenever
you turn on the transmitter with any of the mixing switches
active. This warning will disappear when the offending switch
or control is deactivated. Switches for which warnings will be
LVVXHGDWSRZHUXSDUHOLVWHGEHORZ7KURWWOHFXWLGOHGRZQVQDSUROODLUEUDNHWKURWWOHVWLFN
DQGFRQGLWLRQPRWRU6:,IWXUQLQJDVZLWFK2))GRHVQRWVWRSWKHPL[LQJZDUQLQJ7KH
functions described previously probably use the same switch and the OFF direction setting
LVUHYHUVHG,QVKRUWRQHRIWKHPL[LQJVGHVFULEHGDERYHLVQRWLQWKH2))VWDWH,QWKLVFDVH
reset the warning display by pressing both / KEYDWWKHVDPHWLPH1H[WFKDQJHRQH
of the switch settings of the duplicated mixings.
,I(6&PRGHLVFKRVHQE\7+5&87D7+5&87ZLOOQRWVWDUWZDUQLQJ
BACKUP ERROR::DUQLQJVRXQG6HYHUDOEHHSV UHSHDWHGFRQWLQXRXVO\
The BACKUP ERROR ZDUQLQJ RFFXUV ZKHQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU PHPRU\ LV ORVW IRU DQ\ UHDVRQ ,I WKLV
RFFXUVDOORIWKHGDWDZLOOEHUHVHWZKHQWKHSRZHULVWXUQHGRQDJDLQ
'R QRW \ ZKHQ WKLV PHVVDJH LV GLVSOD\HG: all programming
has been erased and is not available. Return your transmitter to
Futaba for service.
A setup of warning of each sensor can be performed in TELEMETRY.
70

26

70PDUNLVVKRZQDERXWZDUQLQJRI7(/(0(75<

LINK PROCEDURE (T10J/R3008SB)


(DFKWUDQVPLWWHUKDVDQLQGLYLGXDOO\DVVLJQHGXQLTXH,'FRGH,QRUGHUWRVWDUWRSHUDWLRQWKH
UHFHLYHUPXVWEHOLQNHGZLWKWKH,'FRGHRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKZKLFKLWLVEHLQJSDLUHG2QFHWKH
OLQNLVPDGHWKH,'FRGHLVVWRUHGLQWKHUHFHLYHUDQGQRIXUWKHUOLQNLQJLVQHFHVVDU\XQOHVVWKH
UHFHLYHULVWREHXVHGZLWKDQRWKHUWUDQVPLWWHU:KHQ\RXSXUFKDVHDGGLWLRQDO56%UHFHLYHUV
this procedure is necessary; otherwise the receiver will not work.
/LQNSURFHGXUH
1. Place the transmitter and the receiver
close to each other within 20 inches(half
meter).

Less than 20 inches

0'/6(/
6(/(02'(/
&23<02'(/
5(67([HFXWH
5;7)+66
/,1.,' ;;;;;;;;;

5. Hold down the jog key to enter the link


mode.
6. A chime from the transmitter notifies the
operator that the transmitter has entered
the link mode.
Beep beep beep
(Enters the link mode for 20 seconds)

In "Link" Mode

,IWKHUHDUHPDQ\7)+66$LUV\VWHPVWXUQHGRQLQFORVH
SUR[LPLW\\RXUUHFHLYHUPLJKWKDYHGLIFXOW\HVWDEOLVKLQJ
a link to your transmitter. This is a rare occurrence.
+RZHYHUVKRXOGDQRWKHU7)+66$LUWUDQVPLWWHUUHFHLYHU
EHOLQNLQJDWWKHVDPHWLPH\RXUUHFHLYHUFRXOGOLQNWR
the wrong transmitter. This is very dangerous if you do
QRWQRWLFHWKLVVLWXDWLRQ,QRUGHUWRDYRLGWKHSUREOHPZH
strongly recommend you to double check whether your
receiver is really under control by your transmitter.
:KHQ WKH OLQNHG WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU LV WXUQHG RQ
communications begins.
:KHQXVLQJUHFHLYHUVSHUIRUPWKHOLQNLQJRSHUDWLRQWKH
VDPHDVWKHVWUHFHLYHU +RZHYHUZKHQUHFHLYHUVDUH
XVHGWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHG
*Link is required when a new model is made from a model
selection.

Before use

2. Turn on the transmitter.


3. Select [MDL-SEL] and access the setup
screen shown below by press the jog key .
4. Use the jog key to select (NO LINK) or the
ID number next to LINK in the [MDL-SEL]
menu.

8. If the receiver ID is displayed in the


transmitter and the LED changed from red
blinking to a steady green light, linking is
complete. (The receiver linking wait state
ends in about 3 seconds.)
9. Check system operation. If the transmitter
and receiver are not linked, try linking
again.

:$51,1*
$IWHU WKH OLQNLQJ LV GRQH SOHDVH F\FOH
UHFHLYHUSRZHUDQGFKHFNWKDWWKHUHFHLYHU
WREHOLQNHGLVUHDOO\XQGHUWKHFRQWURORI
WKHWUDQVPLWWHU
'RQ
WSHUIRUPWKHOLQNLQJSURFHGXUHZLWK
PRWRU
VPDLQZLUHFRQQHFWHGRUZLWKWKH
HQJLQHRSHUDWLQJDVLWPD\UHVXOWLQVHULRXV
LQMXU\

Receiver ON
7. Immediately turn on the receiver power.
The receiver will enter the linking state
(LED blinks red) about 3 seconds after the
receiver power is turned on.

27

RECEIVER NOMENCLATURE

Danger

%HIRUHXVLQJWKHUHFHLYHUEHVXUHWRUHDGWKHSUHFDXWLRQVOLVWHGLQ
the following pages.

5HFHLYHU

5HFHLYHU56%

Do not connect either a switch


or battery in this manner.

'DQJHU

&RQQHFWRU

Before use

"1 through 6": outputs for the channels 1


through 6
"7/B": outputs of 7 channels and power.
%
&+VHUYR

'RQ
WFRQQHFWDFRQQHFWRUDVVKRZQLQD
EHIRUHJXUH
,WZLOOVKRUWFLUFXLWLIFRQQHFWHGLQWKLVZD\$VKRUWFLUFXLW
DFURVVWKHEDWWHU\WHUPLQDOVPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ
UHDQGEXUQV

'RQ
W FRQQHFW VHUYR IRU FRQYHQWLRQDO
V\VWHPWR6%866%86SRUW
'LJLWDOVHUYRIRUFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHP,WGRHVQRWRSHUDWH
$QDORJVHUYR,WPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDWUHDQGEXUQLQJ

<KDUQHVV

:DUQLQJ
6%86FRQQHFWRUV
%DWWHU\

"8/SB": outputs of 8 channels or S.BUS port.


>6%866HUYR6%86*\UR@
:KHQXVLQJ6%DV6%86\RXKDYHWRVHW
CH MODE of the following page to mode B or
mode D.
"S.BUS2": outputs of S.BUS2 port.
>6%866HUYR6%86*\UR7HOHPHWU\6HQVRU@
:KHQXVLQJRUPRUHFKDQQHOVXVHDQ6%86
function or use a second R3008SB and link both
to your transmitter.

'RQ
W FRQQHFW DQ 6%86 VHUYR  J\UR WR
6%86FRQQHFWRU
/('0RQLWRU
This monitor is used to check the CH mode of
the receiver.

0RGH6ZLWFK
Use the small plastic screw driver that was
included with your receiver.
Switch is also used for the CH mode selection.

&RQQHFWRULQVHUWLRQ
Firmly insert the connector in the direction
VKRZQLQWKHJXUH,QVHUWWKH6%86E\WXUQLQJ
it 90 degrees.

28

([WUD9ROWDJH&RQQHFWRU

([WUD9ROWDJH&RQQHFWRU
Use this connector when using a voltage
telemetry device to send the battery voltage (DC0
a9 IURPWKHUHFHLYHUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
You will need to purchase the optional External
9ROWDJHLQSXWFDEOH &$59,1 )870
You can then make a cable with an extra
connector to the External voltage connector.

+RZWRFKDQJHWKH56%&KDQQHOPRGH

'DQJHU
'RQ
WWRXFKZLULQJ
* There is a danger of receiving an electric shock.

'RQ
WVKRUWFLUFXLWWKHEDWWHU\WHUPLQDOV
* A short circuit across the battery terminals may cause
DEQRUPDOKHDWLQJUHDQGEXUQV

*Cannot exit this CH setting mode before the operation


PRGHLV[HG
*See the below table that shows correspondence between
&+PRGHDQGZD\RIDVKLQJ/('

3OHDVHGRXEOHFKHFN\RXUSRODULW\ DQG
ZKHQKRRNLQJXS\RXUFRQQHFWRUV

*Default CH mode is "Mode B".

,I and RIZLULQJDUHPLVWDNHQLWZLOOGDPDJH


ignite and explode.

Before use

The R3008SB is capable of changing its channel


allocations as described in the table below.
1. Turn on the receiver. (At this moment, the
transmitter should be off.) Then, LED blinks
RED in about 3 seconds. Next, wait until it
becomes solid RED.
2. Press and hold the Mode Switch more than
5 seconds.
3. Release the button when the LED blinks
RED and GREEN simultaneously.
4. The receiver is now in the "Operation
CH Set" mode. At this moment, the LED
LQGLFDWHVFXUUHQWVHWVWDWXVWKURXJKDVKLQJ
a pattern that corresponds to the CH
mode.

5. By pressing the Mode Switch, the operation


CH is switched sequentially as "Mode C"
"Mode D" "Mode A"....
6. The operation mode will be set by pressing
the Mode Switch more than 2 seconds at
the desired CH mode.
7. Release the button when the LED blinks
RED and GREEN simultaneously. Then, the
RSHUDWLRQ&+LV[HG
8. After confirming the operation CH mode
is changed, turn off and back on the
receiver power.

'RQW FRQQHFW WR ([WUD 9ROWDJH EHIRUH


WXUQLQJRQDUHFHLYHUSRZHUVXSSO\

R3008SB CH MODE
The R3008SB receiver is a very versatile
XQLW,WKDV3:0RXWSXWV6%86DQG6%86
outputs. Additionally the PWM outputs can be
FKDQJHGIURPFKDQQHOVWRFKDQQHOV,I
you only desire to use it as an 7 channel receiver
ZLWKRXW 6%86  LW FDQ EH XVHG ZLWKRXW DQ\
setting changes.

*The Operation CH Set mode cannot be changed during


the receiver communicates to the transmitter.

R3008SB CH Mode table


Output
connector

Channel

Mode
1 8CH
1

Mode B
1 7CH
1

Mode C
9 10CH
9

Mode D
9 10CH
9

10

10

7/B

8/SB

S.BUS

S.BUS

Red LED blink

1 time

2 time

3 time

4 time

Default CH mode

29

RECEIVER's ANTENNA INSTALLATION


7KH 56% KDV WZR DQWHQQDV ,Q RUGHU WR PD[LPL]H VLJQDO UHFHSWLRQ DQG SURPRWH VDIH
modeling Futaba has adopted a diversity antenna system. This allows the receiver to obtain RF
VLJQDOVRQERWKDQWHQQDVDQG\SUREOHPIUHH
*Must be kept as straight as possible.

Antenna

Coaxial cable
R3008SB Receiver

Before use

To obtain the best results of the diversity


I X Q F W L R Q   S O H D V H  U H I H U  W R  W K H  I R O O R Z L Q J
instructions:
1. The two antennas must be kept as straight
as possible. Otherwise it will reduce the
effective range.
2. The two antennas should be placed at 90
degrees to each other.

Antenna

This is not a critical figure, but the most


important thing is to keep the antennas
away from each other as much as possible.
Larger models can have large metal
objects that can attenuate the RF signal. In
this case the antennas should be placed
at both sides of the model. Then the best
5)VLJQDOFRQGLWLRQLVREWDLQHGDWDQ\\LQJ
attitude.
3. The antennas must be kept away from
conductive materials, such as metal,
carbon and fuel tank by at least a half
inch. The coaxial part of the antennas does
not need to follow these guidelines, but do
not bend it in a tight radius.
4. Keep the antennas away from the motor,
ESC, and other noise sources as much as
possible.

Antenna

*The two antennas should be placed at 90 degrees to each other.


7KH,OOXVWUDWLRQGHPRQVWUDWHVKRZWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGEHSODFHG
5HFHLYHU9LEUDWLRQDQG:DWHUSURRILQJ7KHUHFHLYHUFRQWDLQVSUHFLVLRQHOHFWURQLFSDUWV%HVXUHWRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQ
VKRFN DQG WHPSHUDWXUH H[WUHPHV )RU SURWHFWLRQ ZUDS WKH UHFHLYHU LQ IRDP UXEEHU RU RWKHU YLEUDWLRQDEVRUELQJ
PDWHULDOV,WLVDOVRDJRRGLGHDWRZDWHUSURRIWKHUHFHLYHUE\SODFLQJLWLQDSODVWLFEDJDQGVHFXULQJWKHRSHQHQGRIWKH
EDJZLWKDUXEEHUEDQGEHIRUHZUDSSLQJLWZLWKIRDPUXEEHU,I\RXDFFLGHQWDOO\JHWPRLVWXUHRUIXHOLQVLGHWKHUHFHLYHU
\RXPD\H[SHULHQFHLQWHUPLWWHQWRSHUDWLRQRUDFUDVK,ILQGRXEWUHWXUQWKHUHFHLYHUWRRXUVHUYLFHFHQWHUIRUVHUYLFH

30

MOUNTING THE SERVO

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS when


you install receiver and servos

Wood screw
Rubber
grommet
Brass eyelet

2.3-2.6mm nut
washer
Rubber
grommet
Brass eyelet
Servo mount

Servo mount
2.3-2.6mm screw

(Airplane/Glider)

(Helicopter)

&RQQHFWLQJFRQQHFWRUV
%H VXUH WR LQVHUW WKH FRQQHFWRU XQWLO LW
VWRSVDWWKHGHHSHVWSRLQW

+RZWRSURWHFWWKHUHFHLYHUIURP
YLEUDWLRQDQGZDWHU
:UDS WKH UHFHLYHU ZLWK VRPHWKLQJ VRIW
VXFKDVIRDPUXEEHUWRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQ
,I WKHUH LV D FKDQFH RI JHWWLQJ ZHW SXW
WKH UHFHLYHU LQ D ZDWHUSURRI EDJ RU
EDOORRQWRDYRLGZDWHU

5HFHLYHU
VDQWHQQD
1HYHU FXW WKH UHFHLYHU
V DQWHQQD 'R
QRWELQGWKHUHFHLYHU
VDQWHQQDZLWKWKH
FDEOHVIRUVHUYRV

Before use

6HUYROHDGZLUHV
To prevent the servo lead cable from being
EURNHQ E\ YLEUDWLRQ GXULQJ IOLJKW SURYLGH D
little slack in the cable and fasten it at suitable
points. Periodically check the cable during daily
maintenance.

:DUQLQJ

/RFDWH WKH UHFHLYHU


V DQWHQQD DV IDU DV
SRVVLEOH IURP PHWDOV RU FDUERQ ILEHU
FRPSRQHQWVVXFKDVIUDPHVFDEOHVHWF
Margin in the lead wire.

Fasten about 5-10cm


from the servo outlet so
that the lead wire is neat.

*Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will


UHGXFHWKHUDGLRUHFHSWLRQVHQVLWLYLW\DQGUDQJH
and may cause a crash.

6HUYRWKURZ

MOUNTING THE POWER


SWITCH
:KHQPRXQWLQJDSRZHUVZLWFKWRDQDLUIUDPH
make a rectangular hole that is a little larger than
the total stroke of the switch so that you can turn
the switch ON/OFF without binding.
Avoid mounting the switch where it can be
FRYHUHGE\HQJLQHRLODQGGXVW,QJHQHUDOLWLV
recommended to mount the power switch on the
VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIHU

$GMXVW \RXU V\VWHP VR WKDW SXVKURGV


ZLOOQRWELQGRUVDJZKHQRSHUDWLQJWKH
VHUYRVWRWKHIXOOH[WHQW
,IH[FHVVLYHIRUFHLVFRQWLQXRXVO\DSSOLHGWRD
VHUYRWKHVHUYRFRXOGEHGDPDJHGGXHWRIRUFH
on the gear train and/or power consumption
causing rapid battery drain.

0RXQWLQJVHUYRV
8VH D YLEUDWLRQSURRI UXEEHU VXFK DV
UXEEHU JURPPHW  XQGHU D VHUYR ZKHQ
PRXQWLQJ WKH VHUYR RQ D VHUYR PRXQW
$QGEHVXUHWKDWWKHVHUYRFDVHVGRQRW
WRXFKGLUHFWO\WRWKHPHWDOSDUWVVXFKDV
VHUYRPRXQW
,IWKHVHUYRFDVHFRQWDFWVWKHDLUIUDPHGLUHFWO\
vibration will travel to and possibly damage the
servo.

31

RANGE CHECK THE RADIO


$UDQJHFKHFNPXVWEHSHUIRUPHGEHIRUHWKHUVWLJKWRIDQHZPRGHO,WLVQRWQHFHVVDU\WRGR
DUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHHYHU\LJKW EXWLVQRWDEDGLGHDWRSHUIRUPDUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHWKHUVW
LJKWRIHDFKGD\ $UDQJHFKHFNLVWKHQDORSSRUWXQLW\WRUHYHDODQ\UDGLRPDOIXQFWLRQVDQGWR
be certain the system has adequate operational range.
We have installed a special Power Down Mode in the T10J in order to perform an operational
JURXQGUDQJHFKHFN'XULQJWKLVPRGHWKH5)SRZHULVUHGXFHGLQRUGHUWRWHVWWKHRSHUDWLRQDO
range of the T10J.
7RDFWLYDWHWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHDQG3HUIRUP$5DQJH&KHFN

Before use

  7R DFWLYDWH WKH 3RZHU 'RZQ 0RGH SOHDVH KROG


down the JOG KEY and then turn the transmitter switch
on. A power mode screen is displayed. Press the JOG
KEY to select the Power Down function. When this
mode is active the red LED on the lighting from of
the transmitter will provide users with an audible and
visual indication that the transmitter is in the Power
'RZQ 0RGH$XGLEO\ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU ZLOO EHHS RQH
WLPHHYHU\WKUHHVHFRQGV9LVXDOO\WKH/&'VFUHHQZLOO
display POWER DOWN MODE. The words POWER
DOWN MODE will blink as an additional reminder
that the transmitter is in the Power Down Mode.

Select the "OFF" and


press the Jog key.
A screen opens without
outputting power.
The receiver does not
operate.
Select the "ON" and
press the Jog key.
Power is usually
outputted from power
mode.

 :LWKWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHDFWLYDWHGZDONDZD\IURPWKHPRGHOZKLOHVLPXOWDQHRXVO\RSHUDWLQJWKHFRQWUROV
+DYHDQDVVLVWDQWVWDQGE\WKHPRGHODQGVLJQDOZKDWWKHFRQWUROVDUHGRLQJWRFRQUPWKDWWKH\RSHUDWHFRUUHFWO\<RX
should be able to walk approximately 30-50 paces from the model without losing control.
  ,I HYHU\WKLQJ RSHUDWHV FRUUHFWO\ UHWXUQ WR WKH PRGHO  3XVK END KEY and complete power down mode. Set the
transmitter in a safe yet accessible location so it will be within reach after starting the engine. Be certain the throttle
VWLFNLVDOOWKHZD\GRZQDQGWKHQVWDUWWKHHQJLQH3HUIRUPDQRWKHUUDQJHFKHFNZLWK\RXUDVVLVWDQWKROGLQJWKHPRGHO
and the engine running at various speeds.
,I WKH VHUYRV MLWWHU RU PRYH LQDGYHUWHQWO\ WKHUH PD\ EH D SUREOHP  'R 127 \ WKH DLUFUDIW  /RRN IRU ORRVH VHUYR
connections or binding pushrods. Also be certain that the battery has been fully charged.
 1(9(5VWDUW\LQJZKHQWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHLVDFWLYH
6HUYRWHVWRSHUDWLRQDWWKHWLPHRI3RZHU'RZQ0RGH
'XULQJ3RZHU'RZQPRGH\RXFDQXVHDXWRPDWLFVHUYRWHVWLQJWRFKHFNWKHUDQJHRIDVSHFLHGVHUYR LWPRYHVWR
ULJKWDQGOHIWVORZO\ 
 $6(592LVFKRVHQIURPDPHQX
 JOG KEYLVPRYHGWRDVLGHDQGSDJHVLVFDOOHG1H[WJOG KEY is moved down and CH is displayed.
 &+RIWKHVHUYRZKLFKZDQWVWRRSHUDWHLVFKRVHQ7KHQWKH+ KEY is pressed and it is made ACT.
7KHVHUYRVHOHFWHGGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHRSHUDWHVDORQHDOORZLQJ\RXWRFKHFNLWVRSHUDWLRQ
,WLVGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHVWDUWLQJDQGLI6(5927(67LVWXUQHG21LWZLOOPRYH
,QWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHWKHWKURWWOHVHUYRGRHVQRWRSHUDWH
+HOLFRSWHUPRGHFRQGLWLRQLV[HGWR125

'$1*(5
1(9(5VWDUW\LQJZKHQWKH3RZHU'RZQ
0RGH LV DFWLYH *Control is impossible and your
model crashes.

32

S.BUS/S.BUS2 INSTALLATION
This set uses the S.BUS/S.BUS2 system. The wiring is as simplified and clean mounting as
SRVVLEOH HYHQ ZLWK PRGHOV WKDW XVH D ODUJH QXPEHU RI VHUYRV ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKH ZLQJV FDQ EH
quickly installed to the fuselage without any extraneous wiring by the use of only one simple
ZLUHHYHQZKHQWKHUHDUHDODUJHQXPEHURIVHUYRVXVHG
:KHQXVLQJ6%866%86VSHFLDOVHWWLQJVDQGPL[HVLQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\EHXQQHFHVVDU\
7KH6%866%86VHUYRVPHPRUL]HWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVWKHPVHOYHV 6HWWDEOHZLWKWKH7-
7KH6%866%86V\VWHPDQGFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHP UHFHLYHUFRQYHQWLRQDO&+XVHG FDQEHPL[HG
S.BUSGlider usage example
Receiver: R3008SB
Servo: S3173SVi9 (Optional)

HUB1 (Optional)

i-i Connector (Optional)

i Connector (Optional)

* i-i Connector makes S.BUS connection


of SVi servo to SVi servo.

Before use

i-i Connector (Optional)

* i Connector makes S.BUS


connection of SVi servo to receiver.

i-i Connector (Optional)


Throttle servo: BLS173SV ( Optional )

S.BUS Aerobatic plane usage example

Battery: FR2F1800 ( Optional )


Switch: HSW-L
Receiver: R3008SB
Aileron servo: BLS174SV2 ( Optional )

HUB3 ( Optional )

Rudder Servo: BLS175SV1 ( Optional )


Elevator servo: BLS173SVi2 ( Optional )

33

S.BUS WIRING EXAMPLE


Receiver

S.BUS Servo
Since the channel number is memorized by
the S.BUS itself, any connector can be used.
When the SBD-1 Decoder (sold separately) is
used, ordinary servos can be used with the
S.BUS system.

%DWWHU\

6%86
3RUW
6%

6ZLWFK

*<
([WHQVLRQ
FRUG

7HUPLQDOER[

Before use

7HUPLQDOER[
Four connectors can be inserted
+8%

+8%

+8%

:DUQLQJ
3RZHUVXSSO\
3OHDVH PDNH VXUH WKDW \RX
XVHDEDWWHU\WKDWFDQGHOLYHU
H Q R X J K  F D S D F L W \  I R U  W K H
QXPEHU DQG NLQG RI VHUYRV
X V H G   $ O N D O L Q H  E D W W H U L H V
FDQQRWEHXVHG

6%866HUYR

+8%
$QRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\
6ZLWFK
+8%

When separate power supply used

+8%

%DWWHU\

When a large number of servos are used or


when high current servos are used, the servos
can be driven by a separate power supply by
using a separate Power Supply 3-way Hub.

6%866HUYR
Green

+8%

Used when using a separate


power supply battery.

+8%
Orange

Three connectors can be


inserted.

34

S.BUS2 SYSTEM
:KHQXVLQJWKH6%86SRUWDQLPSUHVVLYHDUUD\RIWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG

6%867$%/(
Receiver port

S.BUS Servo
S.BUS Gyro

S.BUS2 Servo
S.BUS2 Gyro

Telemetry sensor

S.BUS

S.BUS2

6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVDQG6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVPXVWEHXVHGLQWKH
FRUUHFWUHFHLYHUSRUWV3OHDVHUHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDOWRPDNHVXUH
\RXFRQQHFWWRWKHFRUUHFWRQH

&+0RGHLVVHWWR0RGH%>'@

6%86
3RUW
6%
6%86
3RUW

+XE

+XE

6%866HUYR
6%86VHUYR
&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH
6%86J\UR
&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU
&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH

Before use

'RQ
WFRQQHFW6%866HUYR
S.BUS Gyro to S.BUS2 connector.

+XE

+XE

6%866HUYR

7HOHPHWU\
6HQVRU

6%86VHUYR
&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH

6%86
*<52

5XGGHU6HUYR

35

S.BUS/S.BUS2 DEVICE SETTING


S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or a telemetry sensor can be connected directly to the T10J. Channel
setting and other data can be entered for the S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or sensors.

%DFNRI7-

Before use
3-way hub
or Y-harnesses

6%866%86
GHYLFH
6%866%86
6HUYR
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU

36

5HFHLYHUV
%DWWHU\

1. Turn on the transmitter power.


2. Call the setup screen.
Servo: S.BUS LINK MODE IN
Sensor: SENSOR REGISTER
3. Connect the S.BUS device and battery you
want to set with a 3-way hub or Y-harnesses
DVVKRZQLQWKHJXUH
4. Perform setting in accordance with each
screen.
5. This sets the channel and other data for each
S.BUS servo, or telemetry device to be used
with the S.BUS device or receiver.

TELEMETRY SYSTEM
The R3008SB receiver features bi-directional communication with a T-FHSS Air Futaba
transmitter using the S.BUS2 port. Using the S.BUS2 port an impressive array of telemetry
VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG,WDOVRLQFOXGHVERWKVWDQGDUG3:0RXWSXWSRUWVDQG6%86RXWSXW
ports.
*Telemetry is available only in the T-FHSS Air mode.
7KHWHOHPHWU\IXQFWLRQUHTXLUHVWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJUHFHLYHU 56% 
7KH7-ZLOOHQWHUDQGNHHSWKH,'QXPEHURIWKH56%WKDWLWLVOLQNHGWR
:KHQ\RXXVHWZRRUPRUH56%VHWWHOHPHWU\PRGHWR,1+

Telemetry sensor (sold separately)

Info

Signal

Your aircraft's data can be checked in the


transmitter by connecting various telemetry
sensors to the S.BUS2 connector of the
receiver.

Info

Before use

7-

Power battery voltage is


displayed at the transmitter.

voltage

Receiver

6%86
&RQQHFWRU

6ZLWFK

Info

7HUPLQDOER[

Battery voltage is
displayed at the transmitter.

Info

+8%

Servos are classified by channel, but sensors


are classified by slot . Since the initial slot
number of the T10J is preset at each sensor,
the sensors can be used as is by connecting
them. There are 1 31 slots.

Slot 1

530
6HQVRU

Slot 2

$OWLWXGH
6HQVRU

Slot 3 5

9ROWDJH
6HQVRU

Info

+8%

Slot Number

7HPSHUDWXUH
6HQVRU

*36
6HQVRU

Slot 6 7
Slot 8 15

6HQVRU

Slot 16

6HQVRU

Slot 17

Info

+8%

Slot 31

37

Common function
The setting screens are called from the following menu. All the functions common to
airplane, helicopter, glider, and multi-copter model types are shown here.

First set the throttle


to slow.

To menu screen
by holding down
the + key

Then turn on the


power.
Home screen

W hen t h e E N D k e y i s
pressed, the display
returns to the home
screen.

END

Common function

1 second When the + key is pressed for


1 second, the menu screen is
displayed.

MENU
0(18

MENU
1/3

0'/6(/
0'/1$0(
)$,/6$)(
5(9(56(
7,0(5
6(592

(1'32,17
75,0
68%75,0
30,;
$8;&+$1
3$5$0(7(5

0(18

MENU
2/3

7(/(0(75<
6(1625
6%86/,1.
0'/75$16
75$,1(5
$,/',))

$,/58'
97$,/
*<526(16
(/(921
$,/9$725
7+51(('/

Selection
Move the cursor
( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n d
down and to the left and
right with the Jog key and
select the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

0(18
0(18


MENU
3/3

38

'5(;32
)/$3(521
$,5%5.
)/$3(/(
(/()/$3
)/$375,0

7+5&87
,'/('2:1
61$352//
7+5&859(
3,7&859(
7+5'(/$<

Calling the setting screen

Press the Jog key to open the


setting screen.

key LCD
key

key

Jog key

END key

Function
MENU1/3
(P.40)

TELEMETRY

(P.66)

Model select Model Copy Data


reset RX Link

Telemetry Display Alarm setup

MDL-NAME

Telemetry sensor

(P.43)

Model name User name

FAIL SAFE

(P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE

(P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER

(P.48)

SENSOR
SBUS LINK

(P.83)
(P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

MDL-TRANS

(P.92)

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

TRAINER
Trainer

(P.93)

Common function

MDL-SEL

MENU2/3

Timer

SERVO

(P.49)

Servo monitor Servo test

END POINT

(P.50)

End point

TRIM

(P.51)

Trim reset Trim step

SUB TRIM

(P.52)

Sub trim

P.MIX1-6

(P.53)

Program mixing 1 6

AUX-CHAN

(P.56)

AUX channel

PARAMETER

(P.58)

Data reset Model type ATLtrim LCD contrast Back light :


mode, time, adjustment Home
display Battery alarm Battery
vibration Buzzer tone Jog
navi Jog light Jog time
Telemetry : mode, unit Speech :
language, volume Stick position
alarm

39

MDL-SEL

Model selectselect copy reset RX type link

(Common)

Function
This function is used when calling and copying
model data stored in the transmitter. The selected
model data can also be reset. System changes

(T-FHSS Air, S-FHSS) matched to the receiver type


and linking with the receiver are also done here.

Model selectSELECT
The model data of up to 30 models can be stored in the transmitter. This function is used when
calling saved model data.

Model copyCOPY
This is the model data copy function. It is convenient when you want to store model data as backup
or build a number of models with the same data settings.
The data of the model memory currently in use can be copied to another model memory.

Data resetRESET
The model data currently in use can be reset to its initial value. However, it does not Reset other
than the following of a parameter.
[ The function reset in a parameter : ATL trim, TELEMETRY mode, STK POSI ALRM ]

Receiver selectionRX

Common function

The R3008SB supplied with the transmitter, employs the T-FHSS Air system. When you want to use
an S-FHSS receiver, switch to S-FHSS here. However, the telemetry function cannot be used with the
S-FHSS system.

LinkLINK
When linking with the receiver, the transmitter is set to the link mode here. The ID number of the
currently linked receiver is displayed.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Model copy
Data reset
RX system
Link

40

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Model select

Select the setting


item with the Jog
key.

Select "MDL-SEL"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

0'/6(/
6(/(02'(/
&23<02'(/
5(67([HFXWH
5;7)+66$LU
/,1.,' ;;;;;;;;;

Model number1 30
Original data : Model type
Model name
Copy place : Model type Model
name
SystemT-FHSS Air or S-FHSS)
Link receiver ID

Model select
Select the SELECT item and then
select the model number by
pressing the + key or key.

P r e s s t h e Jog key f o r 1
second.

1 second

or

Selection range1 30

Select the model by pressing the


Jog key.

Conrmation message
"sure?" blinks.

A confirmation "beep
beep" sounds to show that
selection is complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message is
displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

Model copy
Select the COPY item and the select
the model number of the copy
destination by pressing the + key
or key.

P r e s s t h e Jog key f o r 1
second.
1 second

or

Copy the model by pressing the


Jog key.

Selection range1 30

A confirmation "beep"
sounds and "COMPLETE"
is displayed on the screen
to show that copying is
complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message is
displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

Common function

Conrmation message
"sure?" blinks.

Date reset
Select the REST item and then press the Jog
key for 1 second.

Date reset by pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Conrmation message "sure?" blinks.

A confirmation "beep" sounds and


"COMPLETE" is displayed on the screen is
complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the conrmation message
is displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

CAUTION
Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly
check the Hi and Low directions of the engine or motor used and be careful that
they do not suddenly run at full speed.Even after data reset, CH3 is reversed.

41

RX type
Select the RX item and then select
T-FHSS Air or S-FHSS by pressing
the + key or key.

RX type change by pressing the


Jog key.
Conrmation message
"sure?" blinks.

or

A confirmation "beep"
sounds is complete.

Selection rangeT-FHSS Air,


S-FHSS
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message is
displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

Link
Select the LINK item and then press the Jog key
for 1 second.
1 second

Common function

T-FHSS Air only. S-FHSS does not enter the link


mode. Use the receiver link button to link the
receiver.

Enters the link mode for about 20 seconds.


During this time, bring the receiver near the
transmitter and turn on the receiver power.
When linking, the receiver ID is displayed.
In the link mode, a confirmation "beep
beep beep" sounds and the time
remaining is displayed on the screen.
W h e n 20 s e c o n d s h a v e e l a p s e d , a
continuous beep sounds and the link
mode is exited.

For safety, linking must not be performed while the drive motor or engine is running. When linking is
complete, turn the power o and on and check operation.

*Link is required when a new model is made from a model selection.

42

MDL-NAME

Model name User name

(Common)

Function
A model name is inputted into each model in
T10J.
User name is inputted into T10J.
Model name settingMDL NAME
This function assigns a name to the model data. The model name is displayed on the top row of the
home screen. This serves to prevent model memory mistakes if the current aircraft name or other
name is entered.
Up to 10 characters can be set.

User name settingUSR NAME


The user name displayed on the home screen can be set. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba
logo is displayed) When the home screen display is changed to USR-NAME by PARAMETER, the set
user name is displayed on the home screen.
Up to 10 characters can be set.

Method
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select "MDL-NAME"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Common function

Calling the setting screen

Reset

0'/1$0(
Model name

Candidate characters
Characters that can be entered ;
Numeric/upper case alphabet/
lower case alphabet

User name

Model name
Move the cursor to the model
name digit you want to change by
pressing the + key or key.

Move the cursor to the


candidate character you
want to change with the
Jog key.

Change the character by pressing


the Jog key.

or

Set the model name by repeating steps to above.


Reset methodWhen the cursor is moved to any digit of the model name by + key or key and the
Jog key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved to RESET by Jog key, the model name
returns to its initial setting.

43

User name
Move the cursor to the user name
digit you want to change by
pressing the + key or key.

or

Move the cursor to the


candidate character you
want to change with the
Jog key.

Change the character by pressing


the Jog key.

Set the user name by repeating steps to above.

Reset method: When the cursor is moved to any digit of the user name by + key or key and the Jog
key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved to RESET by Jog key, the user name returns
to its initial setting (Futaba logo).

Displaying the user name on the home screen


The set user name can be displayed on the home screen. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba logo is
displayed.) When the home screen display is changed to USR-NAME by PARAMETER, the set user name is
displayed.

Common function

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select "PARAMETER"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

Select "USR-NAME" by
pressing the + key or key.

End setting by pressing the


END key.

1 second

Parameter
Select "HOME-DSP" from the
parameter 2 page with the Jog key.

44

END

Fail safe

FAIL SAFE

(Common)

Function
:KHQWKLVIXQFWLRQZDVSHUIRUPHGUHVHWWKHEDWWHU\
IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ E\ WKH IROORZLQJ PHWKRG DQG
LPPHGLDWHO\ODQG

When normal radiowaves cannot be received due


to noise and interference, the NOR mode, which
holds the servo of each channel in its position
immediately before reception was lost, or F/S (Fail
Safe) mode, which moves the servo of each channel
to a preset position, can be selected. When T-FHSS
Air is selected, the battery fail safe voltage can be
set.

Reset method T h e b a t t e r y fa i l s a fe fun c t i o n c a n b e


temporarily disabled by moving the throttle stick to the slowest
side. However, after 30 seconds the battery fail safe function will
return to the battery fail safe state.

:KHQ WKH WKURWWOH FKDQQHO ZDV UHYHUVHG E\ VHUYR


UHYHUVH IXQFWLRQ WKH )6 GDWD LV DOVR UHYHUVHG
7KURWWOH FKDQQHO RQO\  ,I WKH UHFHLYHU EDWWHU\
YROWDJH GURSV EHORZ WKH VHW YDOXH ZKHQ WKH IDLO
VDIH PRGH ZDV VHOHFWHG WKH EDWWHU\ IDLO VDIH
IXQFWLRQPRYHVWKHVHUYRWRDSUHVHWSRVLWLRQ
7KH6)+66IDLOVDIHYROWDJHLV9
2QO\WKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ
FDQEHWXUQHGRQDQGRII

5HPHPEHUWRVHWWKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQVRWKDW
the servo moves to the maximum slow side for airplanes and
to the slow side from the hovering position for helicopters.
Crashing of the model at full high when normal radio waves
cannot be received due to interference, etc., is very dangerous.

Method

WARNING
For safety, always set the fail safe functions.

,IWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHLVUHVHWE\WKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLWPD\
be mistaken for an engine malfunction and will be reset at
WKURWWOHVORZDQGWKHPRGHOZLOOFRQWLQXHWR\,I\RXKDYH
any doubts, immediately land.

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select "Fail safe"


from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

F/S Position
Mode select

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

)$,/6$)(
$,/
(/(
7+5
 58'
*(5

7)+66

Common function

Calling the setting screen

B-F/S : ON/OFF

02'(326,%)6
125
125
$&7
)6
125
125

Fail safe
Mode selection
Select the mode by
pressing the + key or
key at the MODE
item of each channel.

or
Range
NOR, F/S

When F/S mode was selected

F/S position

When using the B-F/S mode

In the mode selected state, set the F/


S position by holding the stick of that
channel in the position you want to set
and press the Jog key for 1 second.

Select ACT by pressing the + key or


key at the B-F/S item.

A conrmation beeping sounds to


show that the servo position was
set.

or

Range Default
INH, ACT INH

45

Battery fail safe voltage setting


Select BATTERY F/S VOLTAGE
on page 3 of the fail safe screen
with the Jog key.

Set the voltage by


pressing the + key or
key.

Set up range
3.8V 4.0V 4.2V 4.4V 4.6V 4.8V
5.0V 5.3V 5.6V 5.9V 6.2V 6.5V
6.8V 7.1V 7.4V

Common function

46

End setting by pressing the


END key.

END

REVERSE

Servo reverse

Function
Servo reversing (REVERSE): changes the
direction an individual servo responds to a
&21752/67,&.PRWLRQ

CAUTION

(Common)
For CCPM helicopters, be sure to read the
section on SWASH AFR before reversing any
servos.
With the exception of CCPM helicopters, always
complete your servo reversing prior to any other
programming.
When using ACRO functions that control
PXOWLSOHVHUYRVVXFKDV)/$3(521RU97$,/LW
may be confusing to determine whether the servo
needs to be reversed or a setting in the function
needs to be reversed. Refer to the instructions for
each specialized function for further details.

Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low directions of the
engine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed.
Since the direction of the ailerons of an airplane can be easily mistaken, be very careful.

Method
Calling the setting screen

Select "REVERSE"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

To prevent erroneous setting, after the servo reverse screen was called as described above, the channel
will not be selected if the Jog key is not pressed at the left and right.

Channel select

Select the channel with the


Jog key.

5(9(56(
$ ( 7 5 * ) $ $ $ $
, / + 8 ( / 8 8 8 8
/ ( 5 ' 5 3 ; ; ; ;
5(9
125
         

Common function

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

The currently selected channel


is highlighted.

Display Reverse/Normal
REVReverse
NORNormal

Channel number

Servo Reverse
Channel is Select by Jog
key.

Selection range1
10ch

NOR or REV is chosen by Jog key.

The confirmation message "sure?"


blinks on the screen. (Not displayed
if the same as before.)

Reverse the servo by pressing the


Jog key.

A c on f i r m ati on b e e p i ng
sounds and the direction of
operation is reversed.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message is
displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

47

TIMER

Timer

(Common)

Function
The timer is convenient during a competition to
VHWWKHVSHFLHGDPRXQWRIWLPHRUWKH\LQJWLPH
on a full tank of fuel.
7ZRWLPHUV\VWHPVFDQEHVHW7LPHU705!DQG
7LPHU705!
7KH WLPHUV FDQ EH VHW IRU HDFK PRGHO 6LQFH WKH
WLPHUVFDQEHVHWWRPDWFKWKHPRGHOWKH\GRQRW
KDYHWREHUHVHWHDFKWLPHWKHPRGHOLVFKDQJHG
7KH W\SH RI WLPHU FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IURP DPRQJ
XS 83  GRZQ '2:1  DQG GRZQ VWRS '1673 
7KHXSWLPHULVFRXQWHGXSIURPDQGWKHHODSVHG
WLPHLVGLVSOD\HGRQWKHVFUHHQ7KHGRZQWLPHULV
FRXQWHGGRZQIURPWKHVHWWLPHDQGWKHUHPDLQLQJ
WLPH LV GLVSOD\HG RQ WKH VFUHHQ 7KH GRZQ VWRS
WLPHUVWRSVWKHFRXQWDW(DFKWLPHUFDQEHVHW
XSWRPLQXWHVVHFRQGV

6ZLWFKHV $ WR + WKURWWOH VWLFN 677+5  RU SRZHU


VZLWFK 3:56:  FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VWDUW
VWRS VZLWFK 216:  7KH 212)) GLUHFWLRQ FDQ
DOVREHVHW+RZHYHUZKHQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKZDV
VHOHFWHGWKHWLPHUVWDUWVZKHQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKLV
WXUQHGRQ
:KHQ WKH WLPHU \RX ZDQW WR UHVHW LV VHOHFWHG
ZLWK WKH -RJ NH\ DQG WKH -RJ NH\ LV SUHVVHG IRU
 VHFRQG DW WKH KRPH VFUHHQ WKH WLPHU LV UHVHW
6ZLWFKHV$WR+FDQEHVHOHFWHGDVWKHUHVHWVZLWFK
566: 7KH212))GLUHFWLRQFDQDOVREHVHW
7KH XSGRZQ WLPHU DXGLEOH DODUP LQGLFDWHV WKH
WLPHE\DEHHSHYHU\VHFRQGFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJ
DW  VHFRQG LQWHUYDOV IURP  VHFRQGV EHIRUH WKH
VHWWLPHDQGDFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJDWDVHFRQG
LQWHUYDOIURPVHFRQGVEHIRUHWKHVHWWLPH

Method
Common function

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select "TIMER"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Select the item with the


Jog key.

When the throttle switch is

7,0(5

Time set up
Mode selection
ON Switch selection
Switch direction
Reset Switch selection
Switch direction
Timer1Timer2

selected at switch selection,


hold the throttle stick in the
position you want to set the
ON/OFF point at ON direction
setting and set the ON/OFF
position by pressing the Jog key
for 1 second. The timer is turned
ON at points higher than this
position. The ON direction can
be switched by pressing the +
key or key.

Timer TMR1TMR2
Mode selection
Select timer mode

from the "MODE"


with the or key.

or

Range Default
UP, DOWN, DN-STP/UP

48

Timer time setting

Switch selection and ON direction setting

Set the time by


pressing the + key or
key at each TIME
(minutes):(second)
item.

Select the switch by pressing the + key or key at


the ON-SW or RS-SW item and set the ON direction by
pressing the + key or key at the ON direction setting
item.
(Switch setting range/Default)
ON-SW: SwA H, ST-THR, PWR-SW/SwA
RS-SW: SwA H/SwA
(Switch ON direction/Default)
3P SW: NULL (normally o), UP, UP&DWN, UP&CNT, CENTER,
CNT&DN, DOWN/NULL
2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN/NULL

Range Default
0 99 m i n u t e s 59
seconds/10 minutes 00
second

Servo monitor Servo test

SERVO
Function

The servo display/servo test function displays


the CH1 to CH10 servo output bar graph and tests
servo operation.
7KHVHUYRGLVSOD\IXQFWLRQFDQEHXVHGIRUDVLPSOH
RSHUDWLRQ FKHFN RI VXFK IXQFWLRQV DV WKH PL[LQJ
IXQFWLRQ
:KHQWKHVHUYRWHVWIXQFWLRQLVWXUQHGRQWKHVHUYR
PRYHV WR WKH OHIW DQG ULJKW DW WKH VHW SHULRG $

Method

(Common)

YDULDEOH VSHHG /15 OLQHDU  PRGH RU [HG VSHHG


-03 MXPS  PRGH FDQ EH VHOHFWHG 7KLV FDQ EH
XVHGWRFKHFNWKHVHUYRHWF2SHUDWLRQ212))
FDQDOVREHVHOHFWHGIRUHDFKFKDQQHO

CAUTION
Using the servo test will move the servos to
their full throw. Do not use this with linkages
installed. Using it may damage the servo and
linkage.

Calling the setting screen


Select "SERVO"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

6(592
7(67


Switching to the servo test


screen

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

1 second

Switch the screen by selecting


TEST and operating the jog
key to the left and right.
The servo operating position
of each channel is displayed
on a bar graph.

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

(Servo Test
Servo test ON/OFF

Channel Select

6(592
*53+
7<3(/15
7(672))
&<&/
63'
 $&7,1+ 
&+

Common function

(Servo Monitor

Screen change
Where "GRPH" is chosen, a
Jog key is pressed in right or
left.

Type Select
Cycle Select
Speed setting
Operation of a servo test

Servo test
Type/cycle/speed setting

Channel selection

Servo test start/stop

Select the setting item (TYPE, CYCL,


SPD) with the Jog key and set the item
by pressing the + key or key.

Select the channel you want to


test with the Jog key and select
ACT/INH by pressing the + key
or key.

Select the "TEST" item


with the Jog key and
start/stop the servo test
by pressing the + key or
key.

or

or

Range Default
TYPELNR, JMP LNR
CYCL1 100 10full speed at 1
SPD1 100 7full speed at 100

or

Selection rangeACT, INH


DefaultINHonly CH1 is ACT

Selection rangeON, OFF


DefaultOFF

49

END POINT

End point

(Common)

Function
The End Point function adjusts the left and right
servo throws, generates differential throws, and
will correct improper linkage settings.

Servo throw

7KH VHUYR WUDYHO FDQ EH DGMXVWHG LQGLYLGXDOO\ DW


WKHOHIWDQGULJKWVLGHV

At 100% setting the servo throw of each channel is about 40


for channels 1 to 4 and about 55 for channels 5 to 10.
However, the maximum servo travel for channels 5 to 10 is
about 110%.
*When channels 5 to 8 were mixed by aperon, dierential or
ailvator, the throw becomes the same (about 40 ) as channels
1 to 4.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select "END POINT"


from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Common function

(1'32,17
Select the channel with
the Jog key.

&+$,/

  


 $,/
(/(
7+5
58'
*(5







The setting rate of each


channel

Left Down Right Up


rate display rate display
ChannelDisplay
ACROBATIC
HELICOPTER
GLIDER (AF4)
MULTICOPTER
1: AILAileron 6: FLP
Flap1: AILAileron 6: PIT
PITCH1: AILAileron 6: FL2Flap2 1: AILAileron 6: AUX
2: ELEElevator7: AUX
2: ELEElevator7: AUX
2: ELE
Elevator7: AL2
Aileron22: ELEElevator7: AUX
3: THR
Throttle8: AUX
3: THRThrottle8: AUX
3: MOTMotor 8: FL3Flap3 3: THR
Throttle8: AUX
4: RUDRudder9: AUX
4: RUDRudder9: AUX
4: RUDRudder9: FL4Flap4 4: RUDRudder9: AUX
5: GERGear 10: AUX
5: GYRGYRO 10: AUX
5: FLPFlap
10: AUX
5: MOD
10: AUX

End point
A channel is chosen by Jog key.

Selection range1 10ch

Operate the stick or knob of the selected


channel fully to the left (down) or right (up)
and adjust the rate by pressing the + key or
key.

or

Range
0 140%
Default100%
When you want to
return the set value
to the initial value,
press the + key and
key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the stick and VR by repeating step .

50

Trim reset Trim step

TRIM

(Common)

Function
Trim Step

Trim Reset
This function returns the trim of the model
memory in use to the center (initial state).
However, at this time, sub trim and trim step
amount are not reset.

Method

The amount of trim change per step can be


changed between 1 and 40 according to the aircraft
capacity and trim application.
Set it to match the application. With ordinary
aircraft, a setting of about 2 to 10 should be fine.
,QLWLDOYDOXH

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select
"TRIM"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Trim Reset

The numbers in ( ) indicate


the current trim position. (The
trim operating range is 120
100[DT5,DT6]

Trim step
Select the item with the
Jog key.

Common function

75,0

Trim step rate

Trim reset
Select the RESET item and press the Jog key for 1 second.
1 second

For example, when the step size is


the initial value (4), trim movement
from center to end is 30 steps. If the
step size is made 40, the trim moves 3
steps.

A "beep" sounds to indicate that resetting is


complete. At this time, the trim position number
returns to 0.

Trim step
Select the trim you want to set from the STEP item
and set the step size by pressing the + key or key.

or

Range1 40
Default4
When you want to return the
set value to the initial value,
press the + key and key
simultaneously.

51

SUB TRIM

Sub trim

(Common)

Function
The Sub-Trim function is used to set the servo
neutral position, and may be used to make fine
adjustments to the control surface after linkages
and pushrods are hooked up. When you begin to set
up a model, be sure that the digital trims are set to
their center position.

Setting precautions
If sub trim is too large, the servo operating range
may be exceeded at maximum control surface
angle and generate a dead band in which the servo
does not operate. First connect the linkage so that
the amount of sub trim used is held to a minimum.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select "SUB TRIM"


from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Common function

68%75,0

Select the channel with the


Jog key.



&+$,/


 $,/
(/(
7+5
58'
*(5







SUB trim rate of each channel.

SUB trim rate of the selected channel.


ChannelDisplay
ACROBATIC
HELICOPTER
GLIDER (AF4)
MULTICOPTER
1: AILAileron 6: FLP
Flap1: AILAileron 6: PIT
PITCH1: AILAileron 6: FL2Flap2 1: AILAileron 6: AUX
2: ELEElevator7: AUX
2: ELEElevator7: AUX
2: ELE
Elevator7: AL2
Aileron22: ELEElevator7: AUX
3: THR
Throttle8: AUX
3: THRThrottle8: AUX
3: MOTMotor 8: FL3Flap3 3: THR
Throttle8: AUX
4: RUDRudder9: AUX
4: RUDRudder9: AUX
4: RUDRudder9: FL4Flap4 4: RUDRudder9: AUX
5: GERGear 10: AUX
5: GYRGYRO 10: AUX
5: FLPFlap
10: AUX
5: MOD
10: AUX

Sub trim
A channel is chosen by Jog key.

Select the SUB trim you want to set from


channel item and set the rate by pressing
the + key or key.

Selection range
(page 1) 1 5ch
(page 2) 6 10ch

52

or

Range
-120 +120%
Default0%
When you want to
return the set value
to the initial value,
press the + key and
key simultaneously.

P.MIX1-6

Program mixing 1 6

(Common)

Function
Mixing that can independently customize 6
functions can be used. Programmable mixing is
used to remove bad tendencies of the aircraft and
PDNH RSHUDWLRQ SOHDVDQW ,Q DGGLWLRQ WR PL[LQJ
between arbitrary channels, this function includes

linking (linking with another mix), trim addition,


offset, and switch setting functions.

P.MIX 1 4 (normal type)


The following functions can be set for programmable mixing 1 to 4:
Mixing Channel
Use this function by changing the channel because the master channel and slave channels initial setting is a
temporary combination.
When OFS was selected as the master channel, the mixing rate setting applies to slave only. When a mixing
rate is set, slave servo operation is oset by that amount.
A knob (VR) or digital trim (DT5, DT6), as well as a channel, can be selected as the master channel.

Trim selection
Whether or not mixing includes master channel trim operation can be selected.
The master channel mixing reference point can be shifted.

Switch selection
The programmable mixing ON/OFF switch can be selected. The switches that can be selected are switches A to
H and the throttle stick.
The switch operating direction can be set. When a 2 position switch was selected, up /down can be set, and
when a 3 position switch was selected, up/up and down /up / and center/center/center and down /down can
be selected. When the throttle stick was selected, the ON/OFF position and operation direction can be set.
When "NULL" is selected, mixing is always ON.

Common function

Mixing reference point change

P. MIX 5 6curve type


Programmable mix 5 to 6 allows setting of the mixing rate by 5 point curve.
OFS and knob/digital trim use and trim selection by normal type master channel setting described
above are impossible, but switch selection is possible.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select "P.MIX1-6"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

53

P.MIX Selection

P.MIX 1-6

Calling the setting screen


Use the Jog key to select the P.MIX
number you want to use.
Call the setting screen by pressing
the Jog key.

to P.MIX1 4
set up screen

P.MIX1 4normal type


P.MIX5 6curve type

to P.MIX5 6
set up screen

P.MIX1 4 set up screen


Function activation
Mixing rate adjustment

When INH is selected, the


function cannot be used.
When ON or OFF is selected,
the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.

Oset
Master CH selection
Slave CH selection
Select the item with the
Jog key.

Master CH Current position

Trim ON/OFF
Switch selection
Switch direction

Common function

P.MIX1 4
Function activation

Master/slave channel selection

Select the MIX item and select ON


or OFF by pressing the + key or
key.

Select the MASTR channel you want


to use by pressing the + key or key.

or

When you do not want to use


the function select INH.

or

Select the Slave channel you want to


us by pressing the + key or key.
A knob VR or digital trim DT5/DT6, as well as channels 1
to 10, can be specied as the master channel. In addition,
when OFS was selected as the master channel, slave servo
operation is oset.

Mixing rate adjustment


Select the RATE item and adjust the
mixing rate by pressing the + key or
key for each direction of the stick, etc.
selected at the master channel.

or

Range-100 +100%
Default0%
When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and
key simultaneously.

Changing the ON/OFF Switch

ON/OFF Switch selection

Switch ON direction setting

Select the "SW" item and then


select the switch by pressing the +
key or key.

Select the "POSI" item and select the switch


ON direction by pressing the + key or
key.

or

Selection rangeSwA
SwHTHR

54

or

2P SWNULLalways ON,UP, DOWN


3P SWNULLalways ON
, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN
THR stick: Hold the stick at the ON/OFF point
and set the ON/OFF position by pressing the Jog
1 second
key for 1 second. (If the Jog key is pressed for 1
second when the position was set, it returns to
the NULL state.) The switch ON direction can also
be selected by pressing the + key or key.

Changing the mixing reference point

Including trim operation

Mixing reference point setting

Trim ON/OFF setting

Select the "OFFST" item and hold


the master side stick or knob in
the position you want to set and
set the new reference point by
pressing the Jog key.

Select the "TRM" item


and select ON or OFF by
pressing the + key or key.

1 second

or

RangeOFFON

Range-100 +100%
THR only 0 100%
Default0%

DefaultOFF
When you do not want to include trim in
mixing select OFF.

CAUTION
At the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally.

P.MIX5 6 set up screen


Select the item with the
Jog key.

Function activation
Master CH select
Slave CH select

When INH is selected, the


function cannot be used.
When ON or OFF is selected,
the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.

Switch selection
Switch ON direction

Common function

The set curve is displayed on a


graph.

5Point curve
setting

P.MIX5 6
Refer to the P.MIX1 4 setting method described previously for settings other than the 5 point curve setting
described below.

5point curve setting


Select the setting item (P-1 P-5) of each point with the Jog key and set the amount of
movement of each point by pressing the + key or key.

or

Range-100 +100%
Default0%

CAUTION
At the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally.

55

AUX-CHAN

AUX Channel

(Common)

Function
Auxiliary channel function (AUX-CH): defines
the relationship between the transmitter controls
and the receiver output for channels 5-10.

Remember that if you assign primary control of


a channel to a switch which you later use for other
functions (like dual/triple rates or airbrakes), every
time you use that other function you will also be
moving the auxiliary channel.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select "AUX-CHAN"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Common function

$8;&+$1
&+6Z*
&+95
&+'7
&+'7
&+6Z$
&+6Z'
AUX Channel Default
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
CH10

ACROBATIC
SwGSwitchG
VR
Volume
DT5Trim5
DT6Trim6
SwA(SwitchA)
SwD(SwitchD)

CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
CH10

HELICOPTER
SwFSwitchF
----PITCH
SwCSwitchC
VRVolume
SwA(SwitchA)
SwD(SwitchD)

CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
CH10

GLIDER
DT5Trim5
SwGSwitchG
SwD(SwitchD)
DT6Trim6
SwA(SwitchA)
VRVolume

CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
CH10

AUX Channel
A channel is chosen by Jog key.

Select the "SW" item and then select the switch


by pressing the + key or key.

Selection range5 10ch

or

Selection rangeNULL, SwA SwH,


VR, DT5, DT6

56

MULTICOPTER
SwESwitchE
SwCSwitchC
VRVolume
DT6Trim6
SwA(SwitchA)
SwD(SwitchD)

WARNING
The priority of AUX
Don't assign two or more functions to one channel.
Priority may be given to a higher rank function and
a low rank function may be canceled.

higher rank

GYRO

CH5 PITCH
CH6 FLAP TRIM
CH7 AIL DIFF
ACRO

Priority

SW-G

FLAPERON
GYRO

CH8 AILVATOR

PITCH

low rank

VR
DT5

THR NEEDLE

GYRO DT6

CH9 SW-A
CH10 SW-D
CH5 GYRO

SW-F

CH6 PITCH

CH8 ELE2

THR NEEDLE

GYRO

SW-C
GOVERNOR
SW-A

CH9 GOVERNOR
CH10 SW-D

GLIDER

CH5

FLAP1

CH6

FLAP2

CH7

AILERON2

GYRO

SW-D

CH8

FLAP3

GYRO

DT6

CH9

FLAP4

CH10 CAMBR MIX


CH5

GYRO

GYRO

DT5
SW-G

VR

Common function

GOVERNOR

CH7 GYRO
HELI

SW-A
VR
SW-E

CH6 SW-C
MULTICOPTER

CH7

GYRO

VR

CH8

GYRO

DT6

CH9 SW-A
CH10 SW-D

57

Parameter function

(Common)

PARAMETER submenu: sets those parameters


you would likely set once, and then not disturb
again.

Once you have selected the correct model you


wish to work with, the next step is setting up the
SURSHUSDUDPHWHUVIRUWKLVVSHFLFPRGHO

PARAMETER

Function

Data resetRESET
The present model data is reset. Data Reset does NOT reset, ATL Trim, TELEMETRY mode, or STK POSI
Alarm.

Model typeTYPE SWASH : Only helicopter

WING : Only glider

MODEL TYPE: sets the type of programming used for this model.
The T10J has 30 model memories, which can each support:
One powered aircraft (ACRO) memory type (with multiple wing and tail congurations. See twin
aileron servos, twin elevator servos, ELEVON, and V-TAIL for further information.)
Eight helicopter swashplate types, including CCPM. See Helicopter MODEL TYPE for details.
If you use CGY750, the swash type should choose H-1.( Swash type is chosen by setup in CGY750.
Five glider wing types. See glider WING TYPE for details.
Multicopter type.

Common function

Before doing anything else to set up your aircraft, rst you must decide which MODEL TYPE best ts
this particular aircraft. (Each model memory may be set to a dierent model type.) If your transmitter
is a T10JA, the default is ACRO. If it is a T10JH, the default is HELI(H1).

ATL TrimATL
Adjustable travel limit (ATL): makes the channel 3 TRIM LEVER (THROTTLE TRIM) eective only at
low throttle, disabling the trim at high throttle. This prevents pushrod jamming due to idling trim
changes. This function defaults to ON. If you are not using channel 3 for throttle, you may want
trim operation the same as on all other channels. To do so, set ATL to OFF. If you need the ATL to be
eective at the top of the stick instead of the bottom, reverse the THR-REV setting. Note that this
aects all models in the radio, not just the model you are currently editing.

LCD contrastCONTRAST
Contrast adjustment LCD screen.
You adjust to legible contrast. set up range -10 +10

Back lightBACK-LIT
Back light mode of a LCD screen can be chosen.
ALWAYS / KEY-ON (Shines for a denite period of time after key operation.) / OFF

Light timeLIT-TIME
Sets the length of time the backlight will stay on.
Set up range 1 30

Light adjustmentLIT-ADJS
Light volume adjustment of a back light.
Set up range 1 30

Home displayHOME-DSP
Item selection displayed on a home screen
Futaba logo (Default), USR-NAME , RX BATT, DT5/DT6, THR/PIT (Case of helicopter, the position of a
throttle and pitch.)

58

Battery alarmBATT-ALM
Select the battery alarm voltage according to the battery to be used.
4 dry cell batteries 4.2V DRY4
HT5F1800B (NiMH battery) 5.0V NiMH5
FT2F2100B (Lithium ferrite battery) 5.8V LiFe2

Battery alarm vibrationBATT VIB


Battery alarm is told with vibration.

Buzzer toneBUZ-TONE
The tone of buzzer sound when a key is pressed.
Set up range : OFF,1(low) 100(high)

Jog key navigationJog-NAVI


Blink at the time of Jog key operation, Display of the operation direction.

Jog lightJog-LIT
ON/OFF of a Jog key light.

Jog light timeJog-TIME


Time setting in which a Jog key light shines.
Set up range : 1 30(s)

Telemetry mode settingTELEMETRY MODE


RangeACT / INH

Telemetry display units settingTELEMETRY UNIT


Sets whether the telemetry display is in meters or yards/pounds.
RangeMETER / YARD /

Speech language settingSPEECH LANGUAGE


Sets the speech language when listening to telemetry information through earphones.
RangeJapanese (JPN), English (English)

Common function

Sets whether or not telemetry is activated. When using 2 receivers with 1 transmitter, select INH.

Speech volume settingSPEECH VOLUME


Sets the volume when listening to telemetry information through earphones.
RangeLOW / HIGH

Stick position alarm settingSTK POSI ALRM


Can be set so that an audible alarm sounds once when the throttle stick reaches the set position.

59

Method
Calling the setting screen
Select "PARAMETER"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

3$5$0(7(5
Data reset
Model type

5(6(7([HFXWH
7<3($&52%$7,&

Swash type

(In the case of a helicopter )

Wing type

(In the case of a glider )

ATLTrim

page 1

$7/21 0'/

Next page 2 5

Common function

LCD contrastCONTRAST
Back lightBACK-LIT
Light timeLIT-TIME
Light adjustmentLIT-ADJS
Home displayHOME-DSP
Battery alarmBATT ALM
Battery alarm vibrationBATT VIB
Buzzer toneBUZ-TONE
Jog key navigationJOG-NAVI
Jog lightJOG-LIT
Jog light timeJOG-TIME
TELEMETRY MODE
TELEMETRY UNIT
SPEECH LANGUAGE
SPEECH VOLUME
Stick position alarmSTK POSI ALRM

page 2

page 3

page 4

page 5

Date reset
Call the "RESET" from the PARAMETER by Press
the Jog key for 1 second.

Date reset by pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Conrmation message "sure?" blinks.

A confirmation "beep" sounds and


"COMPLETE" is displayed on the screen is
complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to conrm your setting changes by pressing the
jog key. When "COMPLETE" can be seen, it is the completion of reset.

CAUTION

60

Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low directions
of the engine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed.Even after data reset,
CH3 is reversed.

Model type
Select the "TYPE" item and
then select the model type by
pressing the + key or key.

Press the Jog key for 1 second.

Model type change by pressing


the Jog key.

1 second

or

Confirmation message
"sure?" blinks.

The new model type is


displayed on the screen.
For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to conrm your
setting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press the jog key
and see "COMPLETE" on your screen, your changed are not saved.

A confirmation "beep"
sounds is complete.

Selection range
ACROBATIC,
HELICOPTER,GLIDER,MULTI
COPT

Swash typefor Heli


Select the "SWASH" item and
then select the swash type by
pressing the + key or key.

1 second

C o n f i r m a t i on messag e
"sure?" blinks.

or

Swash type change by pressing


the Jog key.

For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to conrm your
setting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press the jog key
and see "COMPLETE" on your screen, your changed are not saved.

A confirmation "beep"
sounds is complete.

Selection rangeH-1, HR3,


H-3, HE3, HN3, H-2, H-4, H4X

Wing typefor Glider


Select the "WING" item and
then select the swash type by
pressing the + key or key.

Press the Jog key for 1 second.

Swash type change by pressing


the Jog key.

1 second

C o n f i r m a t i on messag e
"sure?" blinks.

or

Common function

Press the Jog key for 1 second.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled


after the conrmation message is displayed, the change is not made
when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

A confirmation "beep"
sounds is complete.

Selection range1AIL, 2AIL,


2A+1F, 2A+2F, 2A+4F

ATL Trim ON/OFF


Select the "ATL" item and change the mode by
pressing the + key or key.

or

Selection rangeON, OFF


DefaultOFF

61

LCD contrast
Select the "CONTRAST" item and change numerical
value (contrast) by pressing the + key or key.

Selection range-10
+10

or

Default0

Back-light Light-time Light-adjustment


Back-light mode

Light-time

Select the "BACK-LIT" item and


change the mode by pressing the
+ key or key.

Light-adjustment

Select the "LIT-TIME" item and


change numerical value (time) by
pressing the + key or key.

or

Select the "LIT-ADJ" item


and change numerical value
(brightness) by pressing the + key
or key.

or

or

Common function

"ALWAYS"always ON
"OFF"always OFF
"KEY-ON"It light on after
Key operation.

It is only a case in "KEY-ON"


mode here.

Selection range
ALWAYS, OFF, KEY-ON

Selection range1 30(s)


Default10(s)

Selection range1 30
Default15

DefaultALWAYS

When you want to return the set


value to the initial value, press the
+ key and key simultaneously.

When you want to return the set


value to the initial value, press the
+ key and key simultaneously.

It is the brightest at 30.

Home display
Select the "HOME-DSP" item and change the mode
by pressing the + key or key.

"Futaba"Display about a Futaba logo.


"USR-NAME"Display about a user name.
"DT5/DT6"Display about the position of DT5
and DT6
"RX BATT"Display about the receiver battery
voltage
"THR/PIT"Display about the position of pitch
and throttle.

Selection range
Futaba, USR-NAME,DT5/
DT6, RX BATT, THR/PIT(*)
DefaultFutaba
*Only Heli mode can be chosen
about THR/PIT.

Battery alarm voltage


Select the "BATT ALM" item and change the
numerical value (voltage) by pressing the + key or
key.

or

AA alkaline batterys 4.2V DRY4


Futaba HT5F1800B 5.0V NiMH5
Futaba FT2F2100B 5.8V LiFe2

62

Selection range
4.2V 4.6V 5.0V 5.4V 5.8V
6.2V 6.6V 7.0V 7.4V
*The voltage drop of a rechargeable battery
and a dry cell battery is different. When
using a rechargeable battery, always
change the voltage.

Battery alarm voltage vibration


Select the "BATT VIB" item and change the ON or
OFF by pressing the + key or key.

or

Selection range
ON, OFF

ON The battery alarm of a transmitter is told with


vibration.

Buzzer tone
Select the "BUZ-TONE" item and change the
numerical value (tone) by pressing the + key or
key. The higher the numerical value the higher the
tone.

or

Selection range
OFF, 1 100
When you want to return the
set value to the initial value,
press the + key and key
simultaneously.

Select the "Jog-NAVI" item and change the mode


by pressing the + key or key.

or

Selection range
ON,OFF

Common function

Jog key navigation

When NAVI selected


ashes when the Jog key was pressed.
When a function that
only operates in the
vertical direction is
selected, the LED
blinks vertically.

When a function
that operates in
the vertical and
horizontal directions
is selected, the LED
blinks vertically and
horizontally.

Jog light
Select the "Jog-LIT" item and change the mode by
pressing the + key or key.

or

"ALWAYS"The light is always switched on.


"KEY-ON"KEY operation Light on.
"OFF"Always o.

Selection range
ALWAYS, KEY-ON, OFF
DefaultKEY-ON

63

Jog light time


Select the "Jog-TIME" item and change numerical
value (time) by pressing the + key or key.

or

Selection range
1 30
Default10

Jog-Lit sets the lighting time when KEY-ON


was set.

When you want to return the


set value to the initial value,
press the + key and key
simultaneously.

Telemetry mode
Select the "TELEMETRY-MODE" item and change
the mode by pressing the + key or key.

or

Selection range
ACT, INH

Common function

Telemetry unit
Select the "TELEMETRY-UNIT" item and change the
mode by pressing the + key or key.

or

Selection range
METER, YARD

Speech language
Select the "SPEECH-LANGUAGE" item and change
the language by pressing the + key or key.

or

Selection range
Japanese, English

Speech volume
Select the "SPEECH-VOLUME" item and change the
volume by pressing the + key or key.

or

64

Selection range
HIGH, LOW

Stick position alarm


An alarm (single beep) can be sounded at the specied throttle stick position.
Alarm function ON/OFF can be set by switch.

Beep sounds

When the THR stick


is set to the
specied position.

Select "Parameter"
Press the Jog key to the side and select page 5.

Select the item with the


Jog key.

Stick position is chosen by Jog


key.

3$5$0(7(5
67.326,$/50 0'/ 
02'(21
6:6Z$
326,'2:1
67,&. 

Set the throttle stick to the


position at which you want to
generate the alarm.

ParameterVHWWLQJLVQRW
UHVHW +RZHYHU STK
POSI ALRM, Telemetry
mode DQG WKH ATL
trim RQ ZKLFK (MDL)
Z D V  G L V S O D \ H G  D U H
UHVHWWDEOH
When INH is selected, the
function cannot be used.
When ON or OFF is selected,
the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.
The number in parenthesis
is the current throttle stick
position.

When the Jog key is held


down the alarm sounds at that
position.

Common function

INH ON/OFF
Switch selsction
Switch direction
Stick position

STK POSI ALRM

3$5$0(7(5
67.326,$/50 0'/ 
02'(21
6:6Z$
326,'2:1
67,&. 

Memorize the position at


which the beep is to sound.

THR Stick

65

TELEMETRY

Telemetry

(Common)

Function
This screen displays and sets the various information from the receiver. An alarm and vibration can be
generated depending on the information. For example, a drop in the voltage of the receiver battery housed
in the aircraft can be reported by an alarm.
This function can only be used in the T-FHSS Air mode. The S-FHSS system cannot use telemetry.
Telemetry sensors sold separately can be mounted in the aircraft to display a variety of information. (Receiver voltage
does not require a sensor.)
The telemetry function cannot be used if the telemetry mode of the parameters is not ACT.
When 2 receivers are used with 1 transmitter, the telemetry function cannot be used.

Common function

Viewing the receiver voltage.

Setting is unnecessary. When menu telemetry is


listened to, the voltage appears.

P.66

Viewing the drive battery


voltage.

CA-RVIN-700 and wiring work are necessary.

P.70

Using various optional


telemetry sensors.

Optional telemetry sensors are necessary. T10J


setting is unnecessary.

Using several telemetry


sensors of the same type.

Setting by "sensor" in the menu is necessary.


(Slot setting is necessary.)

Setting alarms from the


telemetry information.

Setting by "Telemetry" in the menu is necessary.

P.74 82
P.84
P.75 82

RX-BATT
Viewing the receiver voltage.
In the initial state, the receiver voltage is displayed at the transmitter.

Display
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Receiver voltage display

66

Select "TELEMETRY"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

7(/(0(75<
5;%$77

5(&(,9(5

How to display receiver voltage


on a home screen.

(;792/7


5(&(,9(5

HOME-DSP

PARAMETER

"RX BATT" is chosen by key or key.

Viewing the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values.


In the initial state, the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values are displayed in the
transmitter. (Value until reset)

Display
Calling the setting screen
Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry
screen with the Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

Receiver voltage display


Receiver voltage MIN

Receiver voltage MAX

5;%$77
0,10$;

9
99

MIN/MAX reset
Select "MIN/MAX" from the RX-BATT
screen with the Jog key.

Date reset by pressing the


Jog key for 1 second.

Common function

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7


'1,1+2))9

63((&+,1+6:18//

A confirmation "beep"
sounds when complete.

 5HFHLYHU  7UDQVPLWWHU
7 K H  U H F H S W L R Q  R I  W K H
VLJQDOIURPWKHUHFHLYHUWR
WKH WUDQVPLWWHU LV VKRZQ
7KLVGRHVQRWDIIHFWLJKW

WARNING
'RQRWVWDUHDWRUVHWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUVHWWLQJVFUHHQZKLOH\LQJ
/RVLQJVLJKWRIWKHDLUFUDIWGXULQJLJKWLVYHU\GDQJHURXV
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRFKHFNWKHLQIRUPDWLRQGXULQJLJKWFDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\VFUHHQEHIRUHLJKWDQGKDYHWKHVFUHHQ
FKHFNHGE\VRPHRQHRWKHUWKDQWKHRSHUDWRU

67

Setting receiver voltage alarm.


Use this setting to sound an alarm when the receiver battery voltage drops dangerously low. VIB
(vibration) that vibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry
screen with the Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

5;%$77

9
99

0,10$;

Common function

DN (down) shows than an


alarm is generated when
the voltage drops below
the set voltage.

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7


'1,1+2))9

63((&+,1+6:18//

Alarm set
In the RX-BATT screen state, select
(ALARM) from the menu with the
Jog key.

Select the "ACT" by pressing


the + key or key.

or

Vibration set
In the RX-BATT screen state, select
(VIB) from the menu with the Jog
key.

Select the "TYP1 TYP3" by


pressing the + key or key.

"VIB" types
TYP 1

or

TYP 2
TYP 3

Alarm voltage set


In the RX-BATT screen state, select
(LIMIT) 0.0V from the menu with
the Jog key.

Select the voltage by pressing


the + key or key.

Selection range
3.5V 8.4V

or

When you want to set 5.0V, press the


+ key and key simultaneously.

68

Listening to the receiver voltage by speech.


The receiver voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter with a commercial earphone (3.5
plug). The speech function can be turned on and o with the specied switch.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry
screen with the Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

5;%$77

9
99

0,10$;

Selects the switch


that turns the speech
function on and o.

Speech
In the RX-BATT screen state, select
(SPEECH) from the menu with the
Jog key.

Select the "ACT" by pressing


the + key or key.

or

Common function

Speech
ACT / INH

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7


'1,1+2))9

63((&+,1+6:18//

Switch
In the RX-BATT screen state, select
(SW) from the menu with the Jog
key.

Select the switch by pressing


the + key or key.

or

Selection range
NULL, SWA SWH

OFF

In "NULL", a speech always turns on.

OFF
OFF

ON
2 Position

ON
3 Position

69

EXT-VOLT
When connected as shown in the gure, the voltage of the drive battery in the aircraft and another
power supply battery can be displayed at the T10J.
CA-RVIN-700 (external voltage input connector sold separately) is necessary.
Soldered wiring work is necessary.

([WUD9ROWDJH
3RUW

56%
)XVH

%ODFNOLQH
&$59,1

5HGOLQH

ZLWKH[WHUQDOSRZHU
LQSXWPXVWEHOHVVWKDQ9

Common function

3RZHU%DWWHU\RU
DQRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\
IRUVHUYRV

%UDQFK

7R0RWRU&RQWUROOHU
RU6HUYR

EXT-Voltage display
When connected as shown in the gure, the drive battery voltage is displayed at the transmitter.

Display
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select "TELEMETRY"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

1 second

7(/(0(75<
5;%$77

5(&(,9(5
EXT-Voltage display

70

(;792/7

5(&(,9(5

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

EXT-Voltage MIN/MAX
In the initial state, the EXT-voltage maximum and minimum values are displayed at the transmitter.
(Value until reset)

Calling the setting screen


S e l e c t "EX T- V OLT " f r o m t h e
telemetry screen with the Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

EXT-Voltage display
EXT-Voltage MAX

EXT-Voltage MIN

(;792/7
0,10$;

9
99

MIN/MAX reset
In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select
(MIN/MAX) from the menu with the
Jog key.

Date reset by pressing the


Jog key for 1 second.

Common function

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7


'1,1+2))9

63((&+,1+6:18//

A confirmation "beep"
sounds is complete.

71

EXT-Voltage alarm set up


This setting will sound an alarm when the EXT-voltage drops dangerously low. VIB (vibration) that
vibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Select "EXT-VOLT" from the
telemetry screen with the Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

(;792/7

9
99

0,10$;

Common function

DN (down) shows than an


alarm is generated when
the voltage drops below
the set voltage.

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7


'1,1+2))9

63((&+,1+6:18//

Alarm set
In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select
(ALARM) from the menu with the
Jog key.

Select the "ACT" by pressing


the + key or key.

or

Vibration set
In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select
(VIB) from the menu with the Jog
key.

Select the "TYP1 TYP3" by


pressing the + key or key.

or

"VIB" types
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3

Alarm voltage set


In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select
(LIMIT) from the menu with the Jog
key.

Select the voltage by pressing


the + key or key.

Selection range
0.0V 70.0V

or

When you want to set 5.0V, press the


+ key and key simultaneously.

72

Listening to the EXT-voltage by speech.


The EXT- voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter with a commercial earphone (3.5mm
plug). The speech function can be turned on and o with the specied switch.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Select "EXT-VOLT" from the
telemetry screen with the Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

(;792/7

9
99

0,10$;

Speech ON/OFF Switch


selection

Speech
In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select
(SPEECH) from the menu with the
Jog key.

Select the "ACT" by pressing


the + key or key.

or

Common function

Speech
ACT / INH

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7


'1,1+2))9

63((&+,1+6:18//

Switch set
In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select
(SW) from the menu with the Jog
key.

Select the switch by pressing


the + key or key.

or

Selection range
NULL, SWA SWH

OFF

In "NULL", a speech always turns on.

OFF
OFF

ON
2 Position

ON
3 Position

73

Various telemetry sensors (optional) information display and alarm setting


Various telemetry sensors (sold separately) are connectable to the S.BUS2 port of the R3008SB through
a 3-way hub and relay terminals. The information of sensors connected at initialization can be viewed as
long as 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are not used (for example, 2 temperature sensors).
Sensors that can be used with the T10J: Futaba SBS-01T, SBS-01RM, SBS-01RO, SBS-01A, SBS-01V, SBS-01G
Robbe sensors that can be used with the T10J: Robbe TEMP125, GPS-1675, VARIO-1712, VARIO-1672, CURR-1678

*Futaba does not sell Robbe sensor.

Sensor Connection
7(036HQVRU
6%67
+8%

530PDJQHW6HQVRU
6%650

6%86
&RQQHFWRU

530RSWLFV6HQVRU
6%652

+8%

$OWLWXGH6HQVRU
6%6$

Common function

9ROWDJH6HQVRU
6%69

Method

+8%

*366HQVRU
6%6*

5HIHUWRWKHPDQXDORIHDFKVHQVRUIRUWKH
PRXQWLQJLQVWUXFWLRQWRWKHPRGHORIVHQVRU

Sensor information can be viewed by calling telemetry from the menu and calling the connected
sensor display page. The detailed setting screen of that sensor can be called by selecting and
pressing the sensor you want to select with the Jog key.
Refer to the receiver battery (RX-BATT) item for a description of key operation.

7(/(0(75<
5;%$77
7(03


6%67
5(&(,9(5

Select "TELEMETRY" from the


menu with the Jog key.

(;792/7


5(&(,9(5

530
USP
6%6502

7(/(0(75<
5;%$77
7(03


5(&(,9(5
6%67

The sensor item of your choice


is chosen by Jog key, and Jog
key is pressed.

(;792/7

5(&(,9(5

530
USP
6%6502

Sensor set up

74

TEMP : Display of SBS-01T(Option), and alarm setup


*A temperature sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY
UNIT" of "PARAMETER".

TEMP is a screen which displays/sets up


the temperature information from an optional
temperature sensor.
The temperature of the model (engine, motor,
EDWWHU\HWF ZKLFKLV\LQJFDQEHGLVSOD\HG
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.

GURSV EHORZ WKH VHW


YDOXH

TYPE 3

6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

< R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H
WHPSHUDWXUH WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\
DFWLYDWLQJ WKH 6SHHFK
IXQFWLRQ

OFF

OFF
OFF

ON

ON

2 Position

Common function

6HOHFW>7(03@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SUHVV WKH -RJ
7KHPD[LPXPDQGWKHPLQLPXP
NH\
7HPSHUDWXUH
ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset
7(03
 83ZLOO VKRZ WKDW DQ
by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
0,10$;

WKHWHPSHUDWXUHULVHV
"VIB" type
 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
DERYHWKHVHWYDOXH
If the following types are selected, the
83,1+2))
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
'1,1+2))
TYPE 1
'1ZLOOVKRZWKDWDQ

DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
63((&+,1+6:18//
TYPE 2
W K H  W H P S H U D W X U H

3 Position

Alert set : Hot warning

$OHUWVHW/RZWHPSHUDWXUHZDUQLQJ

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/(57 LWHP


6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH a
83 /,0,7 '1 /,0,7

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/(57 LWHP


6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH a
83 /,0,7 '1 /,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the


initial value.

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the


initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH


RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH


RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

75

R.P.M : Display of SBS-01RM/RO(Option), and alarm setup


*A RPM sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
RPM is a screen which displays / sets up the
RPM information from an optional RPM sensor.
The RPM of the model (engine, motor, etc.)
ZKLFKLV\LQJFDQEHVKRZQ
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.
6HOHFW>530@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQ
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\

7 K H  P D [ L P X P  Z K H Q
SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
 0 D [ L P X P  dat e r e s e t b y

530

pressing the Jog key for 1


second.

530

83 ,QGLFDWHV WKDW WKH


DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
WKH 530 ULVHV DERYH
WKHVHWYDOXH

Common function

'1,QGLFDWHVWKDWWKH
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
WKH 530 IDOOV EHORZ
WKHVHWYDOXH

USP
0$;
USP
 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
83,1+2))
'1,1+2))
7<3(237),1
63((&+,1+6:18//

< R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H
530 GDWD WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQH RU KHDGVHW
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK
IXQFWLRQ

"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3

0$* 0$*1(7,& RU237


237,&$/ LVVHWDFFRUGLQJ
WRWKHVHQVRU\RXXVH
6%6500$*1(7,&
6%652237,&$/

,Q 237,&$/ WKH QXPEHU RI


EODGHV ),1 RIWKHSURSHOOHU UR
WRU \RXUPRGHOLVHQWHUHG

,Q 0$*1(7,& WKH JHDU UDWLR


RI \RXU HQJLQH PRWRU  \RX DUH
XVLQJLVHQWHUHG
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF

OFF
OFF

ON
2 Position

3 Position

$OHUWVHW2YHUURWDWLRQV

Alert set : Under rotations

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP
83 /,0,7 '1 /,0,7

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP
83 /,0,7 '1 /,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the


initial value.

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the


initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH


RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

76

ON

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH


RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

ALTITUDE : Display of SBS-01A / SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup


*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
$/7,78'(LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXS
the altitude information from an optional altitude
sensor or GPS sensor. The altitude of the model
ZKLFKLV\LQJFDQEHNQRZQ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHU
(low) than preset altitude, you can be told by alarm.
To show warning by vibration can also be chosen.
Data when a power supply is turned on shall be 0
m, and it displays the altitude which changed from
there. Even if the altitude of an airfield is high,

that shall be 0 m and the altitude difference from


DQDLUHOGLVGLVSOD\HG7KLVVHQVRUFDOFXODWHVWKH
altitude from atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric
pressure will get lower as you go up in altitude,
using this the sensor will estimate the altitude.
Please understand that an exact advanced display
cannot be performed if atmospheric pressure
changes in a weather situation.
Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY
UNIT" of "PARAMETER".

7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP


ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
 0D[LPXP DQG PLQLPXP GDWH UHVHW
E\SUHVVLQJWKHJog keyIRUVHFRQG

6HOHFW >$/7,78'(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV


WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\
$OWLWXGH

$/7,78'(

P
 8 3  L Q G L F D W H V  W K H
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 0,10$;

WKH DOWLWXGH UHDFKHV  $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
DERYH\RXUVHWYDOXH
83,1+2))

"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

< R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H
$OWLWXGHGDWDWKURXJKDQ
HDUSKRQH RU KHDGVHW
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK
IXQFWLRQ

OFF

TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3

OFF
OFF

ON

ON

2 Position

3 Position

)LUVWWKHVHWRIDUHIHUHQFHLVUHTXLUHG

Alert set : Low side

7KH PRGHO DQG WUDQVPLWWHU WR ZKLFK WKH


DOWLWXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5()(5(1&(@RI(;(&
LWHP
3UHVVWKH-RJNH\ VRUPRUHSUHVV 

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/(57 LWHP


6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH P
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa P
83 /,0,7 '1 /,0,7

*Atmospheric pressure is changed according to the weather also


DWWKHVDPHDLUHOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDLJKW

Alert set : High side


0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH P
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa P
83 /,0,7 '1 /,0,7

Common function

'1,1+2))

 ' 1   L Q G L F D W H V  W K H 5()(5(1&((;(&
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 63((&+,1+6:18//
WKH DOWLWXGH UHDFKHV
EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the


initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH


RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the


initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH


RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

77

VARIO : Display of SBS-01A / SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup


*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
9$5,2LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXSWKH
variometer information from an optional altitude
sensor or GPS sensor.
7KHYDULRPHWHURIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLV\LQJFDQ
be known.
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.

Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY


UNIT" of "PARAMETER".

7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP


ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset by
pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

6HOHFW>9$5,2@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\
9DULRPHWHU

9$5,2

PV
83LQGLFDWHVWKHDODUP
Z L O O  V W D U W  Z K H Q  W K H 0,10$;

YDULR UHDFKHV DERYH  $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
\RXUVHWYDOXH
83,1+2))

Common function

78

"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

'1,1+2))

 ' 1   L Q G L F D W H V  W K H 
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 63((&+,1+6:18//
W K H  Y D U L R  U H D F K H V
EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
< R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H
9DULR GDWD WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQH RU KHDGVHW
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK
IXQFWLRQ

OFF

TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3

OFF
OFF

ON

ON

2 Position

3 Position

Alert set : Rise side

Alert set : Low side

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/(57 LWHP


6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH PV
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PV
83 /,0,7 '1 /,0,7

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/(57 LWHP


6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH PV
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PV
83 /,0,7 '1 /,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the


initial value.

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the


initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH


RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH


RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

DISTANCE : Display of SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup


*An GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
The Distance screen displays and sets altitude
data from an SBS-01G GPS Sensor (sold
separately), and allows the distance to the airborne
aircraft to be read by the transmitter. When the
aircraft flies inside or outside the set distance an
alarm and vibration alerts the pilot.

*Positioning time of GPS


A short time is required until the positioning of the GPS
is established. In the meantime, don't move the model
during this process. Wait until the GPS sensor's LED turns
solid green. If it is blinking green it is still acquiring the
satellites signals.

Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY


UNIT" of "PARAMETER".

7KLVLQGLFDWHVWKHUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\IURPD*36VDWHOOLWH:KHQ
WKUHH EDUV DUH GLVSOD\HG WKH *36 LV UHDG\ IRU XVH  3XVKLQJ
>5()(5(1&(@VHWVWKHFXUUHQWDLUFUDIWSRVLWLRQDVWKHVWDUWLQJSRLQW
&XUUHQWGLVWDQFH
7 K L V  L Q G L F D W H V  0 D [ L P X P
'LVWDQFHWKHDLUFUDIWHZWR
0 D [ L P X P  G D W H  U H V H W  E \
SUHVVLQJ WKH Jog key IRU 
VHFRQG

6HOHFW >',67$1&(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV


WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\
7KH 83 DQ DODUP LV
J H Q H U D W H G  Z K H Q
W K H  V H W  Y D O X H  L V
H[FHHGHG


*
P
0$;
P
 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
83,1+2))P
'1,1+2))P

5()(5(1&((;(&
63((&+,1+6:18//

"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3

6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
< R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H
'LVWDQFH GDWD WKURXJK
DQ HDUSKRQH RUKHDGVHW
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK
IXQFWLRQ

OFF

OFF
OFF

ON

ON

2 Position

3 Position

6HWWLQJWKHUHIHUHQFHSRVLWLRQ

Setting a "too close" alert distance.

7XUQ RQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU DQG WKH PRGHO ZLWK


WKH*36VHQVRULQVWDOOHGLQLW
 :DLW IRU WKH *36 DFFXUDF\ LQGLFDWRU WR
GLVSOD\WKUHHEDUV
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR 5()(5(1&( >(;(&@ DQG
SUHVV WKH -RJ NH\ V RU PRUH SUHVV    7KH
PRGHOVFXUUHQWSRVLWLRQLVQRZVWRUHGDQGWKH
GLVWDQFHLVVHWWRP

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/(57 LWHP


6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH P
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa P
83 /,0,7 '1 /,0,7

*Now, the position of the present model was set to 0 m.

Setting a "too far" alert distance


0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH P
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa P
83 /,0,7 '1 /,0,7

Common function

7KH '1 DQ DODUP LV


JHQHUDWHG ZKHQ WKH
GLVWDQFHGURSVEHORZ
WKHVHWYDOXH

',67$1&(

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the


initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH


RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the


initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH


RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

79

2nd page of [DISTANCE]


6HOHFW>',67$1&(@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\
-RJNH\SUHVVDVLGHPDGHSDJH

',67$1&(



02'(685)$&(
326,7,21

1 b
(
b
&XUUHQWSRVLWLRQGLVSOD\
11RUWKODWLWXGH((DVWORQJLWXGH
66RXWKODWLWXGH::HVWORQJLWXGH

Common function

$ O W L W X G H  F D O F X O D W H G
D V  H L W K H U  V W U D L J K W O L Q H
GLVWDQFH VODQW  RU VXUIDFH
GLVWDQFH RQ D PDS FDQ
DOVREHVHOHFWHG

N
SLA

Altitude

SURFACE
7ZRGLVWDQFHFDOFXODWLRQPHWKRGVDUHDYDLODEOH
6XUIDFH VWUDLJKWOLQHGLVWDQFH DQG6ODQWPD\
EHVHOHFWHG
6HOHFWSDJHE\-RJNH\SUHVVVLGHIURPWKH
',67$1&(VFUHHQ
 6HOHFW 6/$17! 685)$&(! QH[W WR 02'(
SUHVVWKHNH\

80

SPEED : Display of SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup


*An GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
The speed screen displays and sets the speed data
and with a tail wind, the displayed speed increases.
from an SBS-01G (GPS sensor) sold separately.
Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY
UNIT" of "PARAMETER".
The speed of the aircraft during flight can be
displayed.
*Positioning time of GPS
After flight, the maximum speed during flight
A short time is required until the positioning of the GPS
can be viewed. Because this speed is based on
is established. In the meantime, don't move the model
position data from a GPS satellite, the ground speed
during this process. Wait until the GPS sensor's LED turns
is displayed instead of air speed. Consequently,
solid green. If it is blinking green it is still acquiring the
satellites signals.
with a head wind, the displayed speed decreases

7KH'1WKDWDQDODUP
LV JHQHUDWHG ZKHQ
W K H  V S H H G  G U R S V
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH

83,1+2))
'1,1+2))

63((&+,1+6:18//

transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3

6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
< R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H
6SHHG GDWD WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\
$FWLYDWLQJ WKH 6SHHFK
IXQFWLRQ

OFF

OFF
OFF

ON

ON

2 Position

3 Position

$OHUWVHWWLQJZKHQVSHHGLQFUHDVHV

$OHUWVHWWLQJZKHQVSHHGGHFUHDVHV

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/(57 LWHP


6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH NPK
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa NPK
83 /,0,7 '1 /,0,7

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/(57 LWHP


6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH NPK
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa NPK
83 /,0,7 '1 /,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the


initial value.

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the


initial value.
*This alarm is started once a model becomes more than setting
speed.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH


RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

Common function

7KLVLQGLFDWHVWKHUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\IURPD*36VDWHOOLWH:KHQ
WKUHH EDUV DUH GLVSOD\HG WKH *36 LV UHDG\ IRU XVH 6SHHG LV QRW
GLVSOD\HGZKHQUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\LVEDG
&XUUHQWVSHHG
6HOHFW >63(('@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV WKH
7KLVLQGLFDWHV0D[LPXPVSHHGWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\
DLUFUDIWHZWR
63(('

0D[LPXP GDWH UHVHW E\ SUHVVLQJ


7KH 83WKDW DQ DODUP
NPK
WKHJog keyIRUVHFRQG
LV JHQHUDWHG ZKHQ
0$;
NPK
W K H  V H W  Y D O X H  L V
"VIB" type
 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7
H[FHHGHG
If the following types are selected, the

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH


RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

*Speed alarm precaution


Since the GPS speed sensor displays the ground speed, it cannot be used as a stall alarm. For
example, an aircraft that stalls at 50km/h will stall if the tailwind is 5km/h or greater even through
55km/h is displayed by ground speed. In addition, with an aircraft that will disintegrate in
midight at 400km/h at an over-speed alarm, when the headwind reaches 30km/h the airplane will
disintegrate in midair due to over speeding even at a ground speed of 370km/h.

81

BATTERY / EXT-VOLT: Display of SBS-01V(Option), and alarm setup


*SBS-01V must be installed in the aircraft.
,QWKLVVFUHHQWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJHLVGLVSOD\HG
,Q RUGHU WR XVH WKLV IXQFWLRQ LW LV QHFHVVDU\ WR
connect of R3008SB SBS-01V Battery

SBS-01V measures two batteries. The drive


battery connected to two lines is displayed on EXTVOLT. The battery for receivers connected to 3P
lines is displayed here.

6HOHFW >%$77(5<@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG


DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH
-RJNH\
%$77(5<
0,10$;

'1 ZLOO VKRZ WKDW DQ


DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
WKH (;792/7 GURSV
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH

%DWWHU\YROWDJH
7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP
ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset
by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

9
99

"VIB" type

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7


'1,1+2))9

63((&+,1+6:18//

If the following types are selected, the


transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3

6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF

Common function

< R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H  % D W W H U \
GDWD WKURXJK DQ HDUSKRQH RU
KHDGVHW  E\ $FWLYDWLQJ WKH
6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ

OFF
ON

'1 ZLOO VKRZ WKDW DQ


DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
WKH (;792/7 GURSV
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH

ON

2 Position

6HOHFW >(;792/7@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG


DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH
-RJNH\
(;792/7
0,10$;

OFF

3 Position

(;7YROWDJH
7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP
ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset
by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

9
99

"VIB" type

 $/$50  9,%  /,0,7


'1,1+2))9

63((&+,1+6:18//

If the following types are selected, the


transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3

<RX FDQ KHDU WKH ([WUD


9ROWDJH GDWD WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\
$FWLYDWLQJ WKH 6SHHFK
IXQFWLRQ

6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF
ON
2 Position

$OHUWVHW/RZWHPSHUDWXUHZDUQLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/(57 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH9
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa9 %$77(5<
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa9 (;792/7
*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the
initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH


RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

82

OFF
OFF
ON
3 Position

Sensor Slot

SENSOR

(Common)

Function
This screen registers the telemetry sensors used
with the transmitter. When only one of a certain
type of sensor is used, this setting is unnecessary
and the sensor can be used by simply connecting it

to the S.BUS2 port of the transmitter.


When using 2 or more of the same kind of
sensor, they must be registered here.

[What is a slot?]
6HUYRVDUHFODVVLHGE\&+EXWsensorsDUHFODVVLHGLQXQLWVFDOOHG"slot". There are slots
from No. 1 to No. 31.
$OWLWXGHVHQVRUV*36VHQVRUV and other data sensor units may use PXOWLSOHVORWV.
Using a sensor which uses two or more slots, the required number of slots is automatically
assigned by setting up a start slot.
When 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are used, the sensors themselves must allocate
unused slots and memorize that slot.

6(16256/27
6%67
6%6502
6%6$
6%6$
 6%6$
6%69 

3 slots SBS-01A is
used.

Assignable slot

TEMP(SBS-01T)
RPM(SBS01RM,SBS01RO)

6(16256/27
6%69
6%6*
6%6*
6%6*
 6%6*
6%6*
8 slots SBS-01G is used.

Slot number

Sensor

Jog key presses side and makes it 2 pages.

Common function

The "SENSOR" of a menu is chosen, and Jog key


press.

SensorIDWhen multiple sensors of the same type are


not used, ID is unnecessary.

*Altimeter, GPS, and other sensors that display a large amount of data require multiple slots.
*Depending on the type of sensor, the slot numbers that can be allocated may be limited.

The required
number of slots
1 slot

The number which can be used as a start slot

1 slot

1 31

Voltage(SBS-01V)

2 slot

Altitude(SBS-01A)

3 slot

GPS(SBS-01G)
TEMP125-F1713

8 slot
1 slot

VARIO-F1712

2 slot

VARIO-F1672

2 slot

CURR-F1678

3 slot

GPS-F1675

8 slot

Selling area

1 31

1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20
,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,24
,25,26,27,28,29
8,16,24
1 31
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20
,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20
,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,24
,25,26,27,28,29
8,16,24

Global

Europe

83

REGISTERWhen using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.


7KLVIXQFWLRQUHJLVWHUVDQDGGLWLRQDOVHQVRU&RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUDVVKRZQLQWKHJXUHDQGUHJLVWHULWE\
WKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUH7KHVHQVRU,'LVUHJLVWHUHGLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU

Sensor connect
Receiver battery

Hub

Sensor
Connect a sensor to add

T10J

Method
Calling the setting screen

Common function

Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Jog key presses side


and makes it 6pages.

6(16256/27
6%67
6%6502
6%6$
6%6$
 6%6$
6%69 

6(16256/27
,1+%,7
Left 1-time
press
or
Right 10time press

5(*,67(5
6(166/27
 ,1,7,$/,=(
$//&/($5

Sensor register
"REGISTER" in SENSOR SLOT page
6 is chosen by Jog key.

Press the Jog key for 1 second.

Conrmation message
"sure?" blinks.

Press the Jog key.

A confirmation "beep"
sounds when complete.

"COMU-ERROR" : When the number of slots


needed in registration is insufficient, an error is
displayed and registration cannot be performed.

84

SENS SLOT
This procedure changes the slot number of one registered sensor.

Sensor connection
Receiver battery

Hub

Sensor
Connect a sensor to add

T10J

Calling the setting screen


"SENS SLOT" in SENSOR SLOT page
6 is chosen by Jog key.

Jog key press.

Common function

6(16256/276(77,1*
READ is chosen and Jog
key is pressed "sure?"
Jog key is pressed.

"COMU-ERROR" when
reading goes wrong.

5($'
67$576/27 
6/27/(1*7+ 
7<3( 

,' 

Number is chosen, Input a


number by the key or
key.
*Referred to

Assignable slot
Once the sensor is read correctly, the Sensor
ID will be displayed

85

INITIALIZE
This function returns the slot setting and alarm setting of each sensor to their initial value (shipped state).
Various sensors can be used one by one.
*The slot number memorized at each sensor cannot be initialized.

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Jog key presses side and makes


it 6 pages

6(16256/27

Common function

6%67
6%6502
6%6$
6%6$
 6%6$
6%69 

6(16256/27
,1+%,7
Left 1-time
press
or
Right 10time press

5(*,67(5
6(166/27
 ,1,7,$/,=(
$//&/($5

Initialize
"INITIALIZE" in SENSOR SLOT page
6 is chosen by Jog key.

Press the Jog key for 1 second.

Conrmation message
"sure?" blinks.

86

Press the Jog key.

The initialization is done


when "COMPLETE" is
shown.

ALL CLEAR
7KLVIXQFWLRQVHWVDOOWKHVORWVWR,1+6HQVRUVFDQQRWEHXVHGHYHQLIFRQQHFWHGWRWKHUHFHLYHU$OOWKH
alarm settings of each sensor are also cleared.
*The slot number memorized at each sensor is not initialized.

Calling the setting screen


Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Jog key presses side and makes


it 6 pages

6(16256/27

,1+%,7
Left 1-time
press
or
Right 10time press

5(*,67(5
6(166/27
 ,1,7,$/,=(
$//&/($5

All clear
"ALL CLEAR" in SENSOR SLOT page
6 is chosen by Jog key.

Press the Jog key for 1 second.

Conrmation message
"sure?" blinks.

Common function

6%67
6%6502
6%6$
6%6$
 6%6$
6%69 

6(16256/27

Press the Jog key.

The clearing is done


when "COMPLETE" is
shown.

87

Manually assigning a sensor slot number


$VORWQXPEHUFDQEHDVVLJQHGZLWKRXWFRQQHFWLQJWKHVHQVRUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU,QDPDQXDOVHWLWLV
required to store a start slot number in a sensor.

Calling the setting screen


Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Jog key is pressed in a side and it


searches for an empty slot. (INHIBIT).
6(16256/27

Common function

6%67
6%6502
6%6$
6%6$
 6%6$
6%69 

6(16256/27
6%6*
6%6*
6%6*
,1+,%,7
 ,1+,%,7
,1+,%,7

Assignment of slot
When an INHIBIT slot is selected
and the Jog key is pressed, a list
of sensors that can be assigned to
that slot is displayed.

*Refer to the <Assignable slots>


table.

88

Select the sensor you want to


assign and press the Jog key.

Press the END key.

END

SBUS LINK

S.BUS servo link

(Common)

Function
An S.BUS servo can memorize the channel and
various settings you input. Servo setting can be
performed on the T10J screen by wiring the servo
DVVKRZQLQWKHJXUH

* With some S.BUS(2) servos, there are some functions with


FDQQRW EH XVHG ,I D IXQFWLRQ FDQQRW EH XVHG WKH GLVSOD\
screen will change. (Only the function which can be used by
a servo is displayed.)
$IWHUUHDGLQJFRPSOHWLRQZLWKFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHDERYHJXUH
if a stick is moved, the test of operation of the servo can be
operated and carried out.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select "SBUS LINK"


from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

02'(,1

6%866;
12/,1. 
5($'

Press the Jog key


for 1 second.

3/($6('2127<(7
&211(&7$6(592
1 second

Connect a S.BUS servo to set up.

Common function

6%866;

Receiver battery

CAUTION

HUB

'RQ
WFRQQHFWDVHUYRXQWLO

"MODE IN".
T10J

S.BUS/
S.BUS2 Servo

2WKHUZLVHDVHUYRZLOOYLEUDWHDQG
EUHDNGRZQ

S.BUS Servo setting


"READ" is chosen by Jog key, Press
the Jog key for 1 second.

READ is completed and


the item in which data of
S.BUS servo and a setup
are possible is displayed.
* "COMU-ERROR" :
It is failure of READ. Check a
servo and connection.

S.BUS servo is set up.


"WRITE" is chosen and Jog key
is pressed for 1 second.

The writing is done when


"COMPLETE" is shown.

Next page S.BUS servo function

89

S.BUS Servo Description of function of each parameter


*There are a function which can be used according to the kind of servo, and an impossible function.

ID
Displays the ID of the servo whose parameters are to be read. It cannot be changed.

Channel
Channel of the S.BUS system assigned to the servo. Always assign a channel before use.

Reverse
The direction in which the servo rotates can be changed.

Servo type
When "Retractable" is selected and the servo has been continuously stopped for 30 seconds, the dead
band expands and unnecessary hold current due to external force is eliminated. When a new control
signal enters, normal operation is resumed. When using the servo as a landing gear servo, select
"Retractable". Also adjust the servo travel to match the landing gear movement range.

Soft Start
Restricts operation in the specied direction the instant the power is turned on. By using this setting, the
rst initial movement when the power is turned on slowly moves the servo to the specied position.

Stop Mode
The state of the servo when the servo input signal is lost can be specied. The "Hold" mode setting holds
the servo in its last commanded position even if using AM or FM system.

Common function

Smoother
This function changes smoothness of the servo operation relative to stick movement changes. Smooth
setting is used for normal ight. Select the "OFF" mode when quick operation is necessary such as 3D.

Neutral Oset
The neutral position can be changed. When the neutral oset is large value, the servo's range of travel is
restricted on one side.

Speed Control
Speeds can be matched by specifying the operating speed. The speed of multiple servos can be matched
without being affected by motor fluctuations. This is effective for load torques below the maximum
torque.
However, note that the maximum speed will not be exceed what the servo is capable of even if the
servos operating voltage is increased.

Dead band
The dead band angle at stopping can be specied.
[Relationship between dead band set value and servo operation]
Small Dead band angle is small and the servo is immediately operated by a small signal change.
Large Dead band angle is large and the servo does not operate at small signal changes.
(Note) If the dead band angle is too small, the servo will operate continuously and the current
consumption will increase and the life of the servo will be shortened.

Travel Adjust
The left and right travels centered about the neutral position can be set independently.

Boost
The minimum current applied to the internal motor when starting the servo can be set. Since a small
travel does not start the motor, it essentially feels like the dead band was expanded. The motor can be
immediately started by adjusting the minimum current which can start the motor.
[Relationship between boost set value and servo operation]
Small Motor reacts to a minute current and operation becomes smooth.
Large Initial response improves and output torque increases. However, if the torque is too large,
operation will become rough.

90

Boost ON/OFF
OFF : It is the boost ON at the time of low-speed operation.(In the case of usual)
ON : It is always the boost ON.(When quick operation is hope)

Damper
The characteristic when the servo is stopped can be set.
When smaller than the standard value, the characteristic becomes an overshoot characteristic. If the
value is larger than the standard value, the brake is applied before the stop position.
Especially, when a large load is applied, overshoot, etc. are suppressed by inertia and hunting may occur,
depending on the conditions. If hunting (phenomena which cause the servo to oscillate) occurs even
though the Dead Band, Stretcher, Boost and other parameters are suitable, adjust this parameter to a
value larger than the initial value.
[Relationship between damper set value and servo operation]
Small When you want to overshoot. Set so that hunting does not occur.
Large When you want to operate so that braking is not applied. However, it will feel like the servo
response has worsened.
(Note) If used in the hunting state, not only will the current consumption increase, but the life of the
servo will also be shortened.

Stretcher

This is used when stopping hunting, etc., but the holding characteristic changes as shown below.
[Relationship between stretcher and servo operation]
Small Servo holding force becomes weaker.
Large Servo holding force becomes stronger.
(Note) When this parameter is large, the current consumption increases.

Buzzer
When the power supply of a servo is previously turned on at the time of a power supply injection without
taking transmit of a transmitter, the buzzer sound of about 2.5 Hz continues sounding from a servo.

Common function

The servo hold characteristic can be set. The torque which attempts to return the servo to the target
position when the current servo position has deviated from the target position can be adjusted.

(Even when the transmit of a transmitter is taken out previously, a buzzer becomes until the signal of a
servo is outputted normally, but it is not unusual.)

The transmitter has been turned OFF ahead of a servo power supply The buzzer sound of about 1.25
Hz continues sounding as servo power supply end failure alarm.
(Do not insert or remove the servo connector while the receiver power is ON.A buzzer may
sound by incorrect recognition.)
*Buzzer sound is generated by vibrating the motor of a servo.
Since current is consumed and a servo generates heat, please do not operate the number more than
needed or do not continue sounding a buzzer for a long time.

91

MDL-TRANS

Model transfer

Function

(Common)
*T10J does not carry out normal operation during data transfer.

Transmission of model data is possible with


T10J transmitters. Data transfer is performed by
the radio. The MDL-TRANS function works with
the current model you are using in the transmitter.
As for the receiving transmitter, any data on the
current model that is receiving the information will
be over-written.

Method

CAUTION
$OZD\V FKHFN VHUYR GLUHFWLRQ SULRU WR HYHU\
IOLJKW DV DQ DGGLWLRQDO SUHFDXWLRQ WR FRQILUP
SURSHUPRGHOGDWHKRRNXSVDQGUDGLRIXQFWLRQ
NOTE: MDL-TRANS between two T10J radios should
be performed within a 2-meter range.

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select "MDL-TRANS"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Common function

0'/75$16
MODE
T R A N S F E RT10J o f d a t a
origin
R E C E I V E T 1 0 J w h i c h
receives data

Execution of transmission/
reception

Model transfer
MDL-TRANS between two T10J radios should be performed within
In each T10J, the or key is pressed and it is
made "TRANSFER" and "RECEIVE".

Select "Execute" with the Jog key.

or

"TRANSFER"T10J of data origin


"RECEIVE"T10J which receives data

Selection rangeTRANSFER, RECEIVE

From T8J to T10J, data transfer is possible. In that case, TYPE


of T10J on the "RECEIVER" side is changed into "T8J" by
key. However, data cannot be sent to T8J from T10J.

92

2-meter range.

Hold down the Jog key [ each T10J ].


1 second )

"COMPLETE" is displayed and the mode


transfer is nished.

If data is not being transmitted, the receiving transmitter


returns to normal operation 10 seconds after execution. At
this time, "Failure" (not transmitting) is displayed.

TRAINER

Trainer

(Common)

Function
6LQFHWKHFKDQQHODQGRSHUDWLRQPRGHXVHGLQWUDLQLQJFDQEHVHOHFWHGWKHWUDLQLQJGLIFXOW\FDQEHVHW
to match the students level.
The trainer function can be used by connecting the instructors transmitter to the students transmitter
XVLQJDVSHFLDOWUDLQHUFRUG VROGVHSDUDWHO\ 6WXGHQWRSHUDWLRQLVSRVVLEOHE\LQVWUXFWRUVZLWFKRSHUDWLRQ,I
the student enters a dangerous situation, control can be immediately switched to the instructor.
Four operation modes can be selected at each channel.
The trainer switch is set to switch H.

Trainer code

When the trainer function is used, the snap roll function is automatically
deactivated.
Teacher
Student

CAUTION

Use the trainer function under the following conditions:

Trainer function operation modes


FNC mode: The channel set to this mode can be controlled by the student using the mixing set at the
instructor s transmitter. (Student settings are returned to their initial value in advance.)
MIX mode: The channel set to this mode is controlled by mixing the instructor and student signals.
Correction rudder is applied by the instructor. When this mode is selected, the student s rate is
reduced to prevent servo overthrow. The student s rate can also be set. (The student s settings are
returned to their initial value in advance.)
NOR mode: The channel set to this mode is controlled by signals from the student s transmitter. (The
instructor and student settings must be the same.)
OFF mode: The channel set to this mode cannot be controlled by the student. It can only be controlled
by the instructor.

Common function

When the instructor uses a T10J transmitter, set the student s transmitter modulation to PPM (for
conventional frequency transmitter). (When the student uses a T10J transmitter, the modulation
mode does not have to be changed. A PPM signal is always output from the trainer jack.)
Before ight always conrm that all the instructor and student channels operate normally as set.
Always insert the trainer cord as far as it will go and take measures so that the cord will not work
loose during use.
Always remove the high frequency module of the student s transmitter. (For module type)
Never turn on the student s transmitter power switch.

However, channels not provided at the student s transmitter are controlled by the instructor regardless of the above
settings.
When other models are selected, the trainer function is deactivated, but the channel settings remain.

Example of use
When the FUNC mode is set at the stick channel, helicopter stick operation training is possible even
with a 4EX transmitter (4 channels for aircraft).
Control by the instructor is possible by setting only the training channel matched to the student s
level to the NORM mode and setting the other channels to the OFF mode.

Trainer Cords
Instructor

Student

Trainer Cords
T12FG (FUTM4405)

10J

10C, 9C, 7C, 6EX, 4EX


18MZ,14MZ, 14SG,
FX-22, 12Z, 12FG,
8FG, 10J, 8J, 6J

18MZ,14MZ,
14SG, FX-22, 12Z,
12FG, 8FG, 10C,
9C, 7C, 8J, 6J, 4EX

T12FG (FUTM4405) and 9C


(FUTM4415) Trainer Cords

10J

93

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.

Select "TRAINER"
from the menu with the Jog
key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Trainer function
75$,1(5

Select the item with the


Jog key.
Function activation

Channel setting mode display

Channel Select

$8;
$8;

Common function

Select CH mode Display

Rate by studentat MIX mode

ChannelDisplay
ACROBATIC

HELICOPTER

1: AIL
Aileron 6: FLPFlap
2: ELEElevator 7: AUX
3: THRThrottle8: AUX
4: RUDRudder
5: GERGear

1: AILAileron 6: PITPITCH
2: ELEElevator 7: AUX
3: THRThrottle 8: AUX
4: RUDRudder
5: GYRGYRO

GLIDER (AF2)

*CH9 and CH10 cannot use a trainer function.

Trainer function
Function activation
Select the "OFF" by
pressing the + key
or key.

Mode setting

The mode of the channel of hope


is chosen by pressing the + key
or key.

or

When MIX mode Select

Student rate setting


Jog key is pressed in a side
and a channel is chosen, rate
setting by pressing the + key
or key.

Range0 100%
Default30%

Selection rangeOFF,
NOR, FNC, MIX
DefaultOFF

When you do not want to use the


function select INH.

94

MULTICOPTER

1: AILAileron 6: FL2Flap2 1: AILAileron 6: AUX


2: ELEElevator 7: AI2Aileron2 2: ELEElevator 7: AUX
3: MOTMotor 8: AUX
3: THRThrottle8: AUX
4: RUDRudder
4: RUDRudder
5: FLPFlap
5: MODMode

or

or

Airplane Function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function when
the model type was set to airplane (ACROBATIC) is displayed here.

Power ON

First set the


throttle to slow.

To menu screen
by holding down
the + key

Then turn on the


power.
Home screen

When t h e E N D k e y i s
pressed, the display returns
to the home screen.

When the + key is pressed for


1 second, the menu screen is
1 second
displayed.

END

MENU
0(18
0(18

(1'32,17
75,0
68%75,0
30,;
$8;&+$1
3$5$0(7(5

0(18

MENU
2/3

7(/(0(75<
6(1625
6%86/,1.
0'/75$16
75$,1(5
$,/',))

$,/58'
97$,/
*<526(16
(/(921
$,/9$725
7+51(('/

Airplane

MENU
1/3

0'/6(/
0'/1$0(
)$,/6$)(
5(9(56(
7,0(5
6(592

Selection
Move the cursor
(highlighted) up and down
and to the left and right
with the Jog key and select
the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

0(18

MENU
3/3

'5(;32
)/$3(521
$,5%5.
)/$3(/(
(/()/$3
)/$375,0

7+5&87
,'/('2:1
61$352//
7+5&859(
3,7&859(
7+5'(/$<

Calling the setting screen

Press the Jog key to open the


setting screen.

95

key LCD
key

key

Jog key

END key

Refer to "Common Functions"


previously described for a
description of this function.
Function
MENU1/3
MDL-SEL

(P.40)

TELEMETRY

(P.66)

D/R, EXPO

Model select Model Copy Data


reset RX Link

Telemetry Display Alarm setup

Dual rate EXPO

MDL-NAME

SENSOR

FLAPERON

Telemetry sensor

(P.43)

Model name User name

FAIL SAFE

(P.45)

Fail safe

Airplane

REVERSE

(P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER

(P.48)

END POINT

Trim reset Trim step


Sub trim

P.MIX1-6

(P.98)
(P.99)
(P.100)

(P.112)

THR.CUT

(P.113)

IDLE DOWN

(P.115)

SNAP ROLL

(P.116)

Snap roll

(P.101)

THR-CURVE

(P.117)

Throttle curve

(P.102)

PIT-CURVE

(P.118)

PIT-curve

Ailvator

THR NEEDL

PARAMETER

Throttle Needle Mixing

(P.58)

FLAP TRIM

Idle down

AUX channel
Data reset Model type ATLtrim LCD contrast Back light :
mode, time, adjustment Home
display Battery alarm Battery
vibration Buzzer tone Jog
navi Jog light Jog time
Telemetry : mode, unit Speech :
language, volume Stick position
alarm

(P.111)

Throttle cut

Elevon

AILVATOR
(P.56)

(P.110)

Flap trim

Gyro mixing

ELEVON
(P.53)

Program mixing 1 6

AUX-CHAN

(P.97)

V-Tail

GYRO SENS
(P.52)

(P.108)

Elevator Flap mixing

V-TAIL
(P.51)

FLAP ELE
ELE FLAP

(P.93)

Trainer

Aileron Rudder

SUB TRIM

(P.92)

TRAINER

AIL RUD

(P.106)

Air brake
Flap Elevator mixing

Servo monitor Servo test

TRIM

AIR-BRK

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

SERVO

(P.50)

(P.89)

MDL-TRANS

Aileron Dierential

(P.104)

Flaperon

S.BUS servo set up

AIL-DIFF
(P.49)

(P.83)

SBUS LINK

Timer

End point

96

MENU3/3

MENU2/3

(P.103)

THR DELAY
Throttle delay

(P.119)

AIL-DIFF

Aileron dierential

(ACROBATIC)

Function
The left and right aileron differential can be
adjusted independently. This function is restricted
to 2 servo aileron.

CH1

CH7

NOTEAileron Differential cannot be used simultaneously with Flaperon or Elevon. If


another function is already active, Others WING mix ON is displayed on the screen. After
setting the active function to INH , set the Aileron Dierential function to ACT .

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "AIL-DIFF"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

$,/',))

Aileron
Aileron1CH1rate
Aileron2CH7rate

LAileron stick Left side rate


RAileron stick Right side rate

Airplane

ACT/INH

When INH is selected, the


function cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

Select the setting item with


the Jog key.

Aileron Dierential
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or key.

Aileron rate
Select the "RATE-AIL1" item and move
the aileron stick to the left and right
and adjust the travel of each servo by
pressing the + key or key.

or

or

Range-120 +120%
Default+100%

When you do not use a


function, set to the "INH"
side.

When you want to return to the initial value, press the + key
and key simultaneously. However, when the polarity is
changed only the number returns to the initial value.

Adjust the "RATE-AIL2" item in the same way as .

97

AIL RUD

Aileron Rudder mixing

(ACROBATIC)

Function
Use this mix when you want to mix the rudders
with aileron operation. This allows the aircraft to
bank at a steep angle.
:KHQ WKH OLQNDJH GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH
OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJ
WKHUDWHSRODULW\

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "AIL RUD"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

$,/ 58'
Activating the function

When not using this function,


select INH.

Mixing rate

Airplane

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

Aileron Rudder Mixing


Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then select
the "ON" by pressing the + key or
key.

98

Mixing rate
S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n d
then adjust the mixing rate by
pressing the + key or key.

or

or

Range-100 +100%
Default+50%

When you do not use a function, set


to the "INH" side.

When you want to return the set value to the initial


value, press the + key and key simultaneously.
However, polarity does not return.

V-TAIL

V-Tail

(ACROBATIC)

Function

-tail

This mixing is used with V tail aircraft that


combine the elevator and rudder functions.
NOTEV Tail cannot be used simultaneously with
Elevon or Ailevator. When another function is already
activated, Other WING mix ON
is displayed on the
screen. Set the V tail function to ACT after setting the
active function to INH.

CH2 (CH4)

Elevator
Rudder

Method

CH4 (CH2)

CH2 Servo
ELE1
RUD2

CH4 Servo
ELE2
RUD1

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "V-TAIL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Activating the function

97$,/

ELE1 rate
ELE2 rate

Rate adjustment

RUD2 rate
RUD1 rate

Airplane

When INH is selected, the


function cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

Select the setting item with


the Jog key.

V-TAIL
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or key.

or

When you do not use a


function, set to the "INH" side.

Rate adjustment
Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or
key.

or

Range-100 +100%
Default+50%
only ELE2 : -50%
When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.

NOTEWe recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of movement. If
the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operation will be compounded and the servo travel range
will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.

99

GYRO SENS

Gyro sensor

(ACROBATIC)

Function
IOLJKW WKH J\UR ZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQHV
DWWLWXGH )URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW RI VDIHW\ ZH
UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2))  SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHW
XVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFK
& +    & +   & +    & +   & +   R U  & +   & +   & + 
FRPELQDWLRQV FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\
VHWWLQJFKDQQHO

This function is dedicated mixing for switching


the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/
NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros. Up to 3
axes can be set.
7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKH
VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKFDQEH
VHW 6ZLWFKHV $ WR +  ,I WKH DLUSODQH VWDOOV GXULQJ

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "GYRO SENS"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

*<526(16

Activating the function


Gain Channel selection
Switch direction

When not using this function,


select INH.

Sensitivity switch selection


C u r r e n t s w i t c h o p e r a t i n g
direction

Airplane

Gyrotype,
Gain rate
Select the setting item
with the Jog key.

Gyro type

Gyro Gain

Switches to the
sensitivity setting
screen of each switch
direction when the
Jog key is pressed.

When using a Futaba GYA gyro, select gyro type GY. This switches the gyro sensitivity setting
item to mode and sensitivity direct reading display.

GYRO SENS
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item
and then select the
"ON" by pressing the +
key or key.

Sensitivity switch selection


Select the "SW" item and then select the
switch by pressing the + key or key.

or

When you do not use a function, set to the


"INH" side.

Sensitivity setting channel selection


Select the

"CH" i tem an d
or
then select
the sensitivity
setting channel by pressing the + key
or key.

RangeCH5CH5/CH7
CH5/CH8CH5/CH7/CH8
DefaultCH5

100

or

RangeSwA SwHDefaultSwA

Gyro type and sensitivity setting


Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting
screen you want to set and then set type (gyro type)
and rate (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing
the +key or key.
"type"RangeSTD,GYDefaultSTD
"rate"Range0 100%STD, NOR100 0
AVC100%
GYDefault50%STD, 0%GY
When you want to return the set value to the initial value,
press the + key and key simultaneously.

ELEVON

Elevon

(ACROBATIC)

Function

CH2

This mixing is used with delta wing, tailess, and disk shaped
airplanes that combine the aileron and elevator functions.
Connect the CH1 servo to the left aileron and the CH2 servo to the
right aileron.

CH1
Pitch

7KHDLOHURQDQGHOHYDWRUWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\

CH2

NOTEElevon cannot be used simultaneously with V-tail or Ailevator


functions. You may use Flaperon or Dierential when this function is active.
If another function is already active, Other WING mix ON is displayed
on the screen. After setting the active function to INH , set the elevon
function to ACT .

CH1
Roll

Roll
Pitch

CH1 servo
AIL1
ELE2

CH2 servo
AIL2
ELE1

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "ELEVON"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

(/(921

When INH is selected, the


function cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

Aileron1CH1rate
Aileron2CH2rate

Aileron rate
LAileron stick Left side rate
RAileron stick Right side rate

Elevator2CH1rate
Elevator1CH2rate

Airplane

Activating the function

Elevator rate

Select the setting item with


the Jog key.

ELEVON
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or key.

or

When you do not use a function,


set to the "INH" side.

Rate set
Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or
key.

or

Range-120 +120%
Default+100%
only ELE1 : -100%
When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.

NOTEWe recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of movement. If
the amount of movement is too large, elevator and aileron operation will be compounded and the servo travel range
will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.

101

AILVATOR

Ailvator

(ACROBATIC)

Function
Ailevator mixes both Ailerons and Elevators together. Or the
function can be used separate from your ailerons when you have two
(OHYDWRUVHUYRV6LQFHWKHUHDUHDLUFUDIWOLNHMHWJKWHUVWKDWXVHWKH
elevators as ailerons, using this function can give you a sense of reality.
$LOHURQRSHUDWLRQFDQDOVREHXVHGZLWKHOHYDWRUVHUYRVSHFLFDWLRQV
The servos connect to the receiver CH2 and CH8 output.
(OHYDWRUDQGDLOHURQWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\
&RQUPWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQEHFDXVHLWLVGLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJ
RQWKHOLQNDJH

CH 6
(CH7)

CH 1

CH 2
CH 8

Roll
Pitch

CH 8
CH 2

CH2 servo
AIL3
ELE1

CH8 servo
AIL4
ELE2

NOTEAilevator cannot be used simultaneously with V-tail or Elevon functions. When Other WING mix ON
displayed on the screen, set the ailvator function to ACT after setting the active function to INH.

is

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "AILVATOR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Airplane

Select the setting item with


the Jog key.

$,/9$725

Activating the function


AIL3 Rate set
AIL4 Rate set

When INH is selected, the


function cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

Rate

ELE2 Rate set


ELE1 Rate set

AILVATOR
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or key.

or

When you do not use a


function, set to the "INH" side.

Rate set
Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or
key.

or

Range-100 +100%
Default-50%
AIL3, AIL4,
-100%
ELE2,+100%
ELE1
When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.

NOTEWe recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of movement. If
the amount of movement is too large, elevator and aileron operation will be compounded and the servo travel range
will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.
When used as 2 elevator servos specications without aileron operation, set the AIL3 and AIL4 travel to 0%.

102

THR NEEDL

Throttle Needle mixing

(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function is used when the engine is
equipped with a mixture control system (needle
control and other mixture adjustments to the
engine).
The throttle control servo connects to receiver
CH8.
7KHPL[WXUHFDQEHVHWE\SRLQWFXUYHLQUHODWLRQ
WRWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN

$Q DFFHOHUDWLRQ IXQFWLRQ ZKLFK DFFHOHUDWHV WKH


HQJLQH WR WKH RSWLPDO PL[WXUH ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH LV
RSHQHGFDQEHVHW
NOTEThis cannot be used if Ailevator function
is active as they cannot be used simultaneously.
AILVATOR mix ON is displayed on the screen. Set the
THR NEEDL function to ACT after setting the active
function to INH.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "THR NEEDL"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

7+5 1(('/

When not using this function,


select INH.

5 Point curve set


Cursor moves with a
THR stick
Acceleration rate

The set-up curve is shown

Airplane

Activating the function

Throttle curve
Activating the function
Select the "MIX"
it em a n d t h e n
select the "ON"
by pressing the
+ key or key.

or

5 point curve setting


Select the setting item (P-1 P-5) and then set the
travel of each point by pressing the + key or key.

When you do not use a function, set


to the "INH" side.

Range0 100%
DefaultP-1:0%, P-2:25%, P-3:50%,
P-4:75%, P-5:100%

An acceleration function helps the engine compensate


Acceleration rate
Select the "ACC" item and adjust the acceleration for sudden, large amounts of throttle input by making
the mixture suddenly richer, then easing it back to
amount by pressing the + key or key.

Range0 100%, Default0%


When you want to return the set value to
the initial value, press the + key and key
simultaneously.
NOTE When using the acceleration function, since the
needle stroke is large, adjust your settings so there
is no binding of your linkage.

the proper adjustment for that throttle setting. This


function requires some adjustment to best fit your
engine and your ying style. Adjust engine s response
until no hesitation occurs on rapid throttle input.
Superfluous operation of a needle servo becomes
large as it approaches to 100%. Moreover, time to
usually return to a position becomes late.

103

D/R,EXPO

Dual rate EXPO

(ACROBATIC)

Function
D/R
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps
7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ 
GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

EXP
This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral
position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle.
7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKHVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH
6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK
VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

Switch selectionSW
Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
'HIDXOW$LOHURQ6ZLWFK' (OHYDWRU6ZLWFK$ 5XGGHU6ZLWFK%

Method
Airplane

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "D/R,EXPO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

1 second

The channel under selection is


underlined.

Channel selection
Dual rate

Switch Direction

EXPO

The dual rate and exponential


settings are displayed by a
curve.

Switch selection
Channel selection/Select
the setting item with the
Jog key.

104

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

Switch No.
D/R and EXPO rate display
Top rowLeft side down
Bottom rowRight side up

Channel
1Aileron
2Elevator
3Throttle
4Rudder

D/R
A channel is chosen by Jog
key.

Range1, 2, 4

Adjust the rate by moving the cursor


to D/R with the Jog key, switching the
dual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or key.

Range
0 140%
Default100%
When you want to
return the set value to
the initial value, press
the + key and key
simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
Moving to another setting item of the same
channel is possible by Jog key.

EXPO
Select the "EXP" item and
then select the channel with
the Jog key.

Adjust the rate by moving the cursor


to EXP with the Jog key, switching the
dual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or key.

Range1 4

Range
-100 +100%
Default0%
When you want to
return the set value to
the initial value, press
the + key and key
simultaneously.

Moving to another setting item of the


same channel is possible by Jog key.

Airplane

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

Switch Change
Select the "SW" item and then select
the channel with the Jog key.

A switch is chosen by + key or -key.

or

Range1, 2, 4

RangeSwA SwH

105

FLAPERON

Flaperon

(ACROBATIC)

Function
This mixing function mixes two ailerons and also gives the
DLOHURQVDDSIXQFWLRQ$LOHURQDQGOHIWDQGULJKWDLOHURQFRQWURO
surfaces can be raised at the same time. If this function is used
together with air brake function, the aircraft speed can be dropped
when landing and is effective in narrow places. Connect the left
aileron servo to CH1 (AIL) and the right aileron servo to CH6
(FLP).
7KH XS DQG GRZQ DQJOH RI WKH OHIW DQG ULJKW DLOHURQ FRQWURO
VXUIDFHVFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\
7KHOHIWDQGULJKWDSWUDYHOFDQDOVREHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\

CH1

CH6

CH6 servo
A i l e r o n Right Aileron
Operation
Flap Operation Flap1

CH1 servo
Left Aileron
Flap2

NOTEOnly the Flaperon, AileronDierential, or Elevon functions can


be used. They cannot be turned on simultaneously. When another
function is already activated, Other WING mix ON is displayed on the
screen. Set the Flaperon function to ACT after setting the active function
to INH.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

Airplane

1 second

Activating the function


Aileron1CH1rate
Aileron2CH6rate
Flap2CH1rate
Flap1CH6rate
Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

106

Select "FLAPERON"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

)/$3(521

When INH is selected, the


function cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

Aileron rate
LAileron stick Left side rate
RAileron stick Right side rate

Flap rate

Flaperon
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or key.

Aileron rate
Select "RATE-AIL1" and operate the
aileron stick to the left and right and
adjust the travel of each servo by
pressing the + key or key.

or

or

Range-120 +120%
Default100%

When you do not use a


function, set to the "INH" side.

When you want to return the set value to the initial value,
press the + key and key simultaneously. However, when
the polarity is changed, only the number is returned to the
initial value.

(The RATE-AIL 2 item is adjusted in the same way as .


When ap trim is used, make the settings shown below.
However, set the basic travel with the Flap function in advance.Default0%

Flap rate
Select the "RATE-FLP2" item and adjust
the Flap2 travel by pressing the + key or
key.

or

Range-120 +120%
Default+100%
When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.

Airplane

The RATE-FLP1 item is adjusted in the same way as .


However, the RATE-FLP1 side initial value is -100%.

Flaperon ACT
CH1

CH6

When flaperon is active, the


ailerons can be controlled by the
servos connected to CH1 and CH6.
The servo travel can be adjusted
by the left and right end points.

Air brake ACT

CH1

CH6

The left and right ailerons can


be raised (brake operation) and
lowered (flap operation) at the
same time by setting SW-C to its
lowest position.

107

AIR-BRK

Air brake

(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function is used when the air brake is
necessary during landing and is turned on and off
by switch C (initial setting).
1RUPDOO\ ZKHQ WKH DLOHURQV DUH XVHG DV D  EUDNH
WKH\DUHUDLVHG 83VLGH
:KHQ WKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH LV 2)67 RIIVHW  WKH
DLU EUDNH LV FRQWUROOHG E\ VZLWFK RSHUDWLRQ :KHQ
WKHRSHUDWLRQPRGHLV/,15 OLQHDU WKHDLUEUDNH
LV RSHUDWHG OLQHDUO\ DW VZLWFK 21 DQG IURP WKH
FRQWUROVWLFNVHWSRVLWLRQ

,IWKH/,15PRGHZDVVHOHFWHGWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN
FRQWUROV &+ DQG WKH DLU EUDNH RSHUDWLRQ EXW
LW FDQ EH VHSDUDWHG IURP &+ RSHUDWLRQ &+ 
FRQWURO FDQ EH VZLWFKHG IURP VWLFN WR VWLFN RU WR
95 NQRE  +RZHYHU ZKHQ RWKHU WKDQ VWLFN ZDV
VHOHFWHG WKH WKURWWOH WULP DQG IXQFWLRQ UHYHUVH
IXQFWLRQVFDQQRWEHXVHG
:KHQ XVHG LQ WKH /,15 PRGH DGMXVW WKH WUDYHO
ZLWK WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN DW WKH PD[LPXP VORZ VLGH
EUDNLQJDPRXQWPD[LPXP 


Adjustment item for every wing type


Display

Normal

Flaperon

Aileron
Dierential

AIL1(1CH)
ELEV(2CH)
FLAP(6CH)
AIL2(7CH)

----Elevator
Flap
-----

Aileron1
Elevator
Aileron2
-----

Aileron1
Elevator
Flap
Aileron2

CH2

CH

CH 2

CH

Method
Airplane

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Activating the function

Rate set
Delay Rate set
Select the setting item
with the Jog key.

108

Select "AIR-BRK"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

$,5%5.

3CH Control set


When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
O is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.

Switch selection
Switch direction
Mode
When the LINR operation mode was selected, the current throttle stick position is displayed
at the operation reference point and in the bottom row parentheses.

Air brake
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then select
the "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the +
key or key.

Rate set
Select the "rate" item and
adjust the servo travel by
pressing the + key or key.

or

Range-100 +100%
Default+50%ELEV only -10%

or
When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

When you want to return the set value to the initial


value, press the + key and key simultaneously.
However, polarity does not return.

Delay Rate set


Select the "delay" item and adjust the elevator
operation delay by pressing the + key or key.

or

The amount of delay is large at 100%.

Range0 100%Default0%
When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key
and key simultaneously.

In the case of change of a switch


Switch selection
Select the "SW"
i tem an d t h e n
select the switch
by pressing the
+ key or key.

or

or

Range
2P SWNULL, UP, DOWN
3P SWNULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

In the case of change of a mode


Mode
S e l e c t t h e

"MOD" item
or
and select the
operation mode
by pressing the + key or the key.

RangeOFST, LINR
DefaultOFST

Airplane

RangeSwA SwH
DefaultSwC

Switch direction
Select the ON direction by
pressing the + key or key at
the ON direction selection item.

Operation reference point setting ("LINR" mode


only)
Select the operation reference point setting
item newly displayed at the bottom row
of "MOD" and hold the throttle stick at the
air brake start point and set the reference point by
pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

Range0 100%

When 3CH control is changed at the time of "LINR"


"LINR" mode 3CH control
Select the "CH3" item and select control by pressing the +key or
key.

RangeTHR, SwA SwH, VR, DT5, DT6


DefaultTHR

109

FLAP ELE

Flap Elevator mixing

(ACROBATIC)

Function
This mixing is used to compensate for pitch
FKDQJHV HOHYDWRUGLUHFWLRQ DWDSRSHUDWLRQ
:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH
OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQW LV SRVVLEOH E\ FKDQJLQJ WKH
UDWHSRODULW\
7KHPL[LQJUHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEHVKLIWHG 2))6(7

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "FLAP ELE"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

)/$3 ( /(

When not using this function,


select INH.

Activating the function


Mixing rate

Airplane

Mixing oset rate

P r e s e n t f l a p o p e r a t i n g
position

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

Flap ElevatorMixing
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then select
the "ON" by pressing the + key or
key.

Mixing rate
S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n d
then adjust the mixing rate by
pressing the + key or key.

When you want to return the set value to the initial


value, press the + key and key simultaneously.

When changing the mixing reference point


Mixing reference point oset setting
Select the "OFFSET" item and turn the Flap knob to the
point you want to make the mixing reference point and
set the reference point by pressing the Jog key for 1
second.

Range-100 +100% Default0%

110

or

Range-100 +100%
Default0%

or
When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.

1 second

ELE FLAP

Elevator Flap mixing

(ACROBATIC)

Function
This mixing is used when you want to apply mixing from elevators
WRDSV8VXDOO\PL[LQJLVVXFKWKDWWKHDSVDUHORZHUHGE\UDLVLQJ
the elevators. When used with Fun Fly and other aircraft, small loops
are possible.

Flap CH6

7KHXSVLGHDQGGRZQVLGHUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG

Method

Elevator CH2

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "ELE FLAP"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

(/( ) /$3

Activating the function

When not using this Function


select INH. The display of On/
O is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.

Mixing rate
Switch selection
Switch direction
Select the setting item
with the Jog key.

Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.


2P SWNULL, UP, DOWN
3P SWNULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

Airplane

Elevator down side rate


Elevator up side rate
This cursor position
operates and chooses an
elevator stick.

Elevator FlapMixing
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item
and then select the ON
or OFF by pressing the
+ key or key.

Switch selection
Select the "SW" item
and then select the
switch by pressing the
+ key or key.

or

When you do not use a function, set to the


"INH" side.

Switch direction
Select the "POSI
" by pressing the
+ key or key at
the ON direction
selection item.

or

Range
2P SWNULL, UP, DOWN
3P SWNULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C,
CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

or

RangeSwA SwHDefaultSwC

Mixing rate
S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t e m a n d
then adjust the mixing rate by
pressing the + key or key.

or

Range-100 +100%Default+50%
When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and key simultaneously.
However, polarity does not return.
RATE / cursor position operates and chooses an
elevator stick.

111

FLAP TRIM

Flap trim

(ACROBATIC)

Function
VR neutral
Single beep sound

This function trims the CH6 VR knob.


7KHWULPWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHG
*When the aperon function is activated ( ACT ), this
function is turned on automatically. It can be turned
on and o independently.

Method

Flap neutral

VR turns

Flap adjustment

VR turns

Flap adjustment

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "FLAP TRIM"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

)/$375,0
Activating the function

Airplane

Flap trim rate

When INH is selected, the


function cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

Select the setting item with


the Jog key.

Flap Trim
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or key.

or

When you do not use a


function, set to the "INH" side.

112

Flap rate
Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the ap rate by pressing the + key or
key.

or

Range-100 +100%
Default0%
When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and key simultaneously.

THR.CUT

Throttle cut

(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor
by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate is
adjusted to the position which completely cuts the
throttle servo or ESC when the throttle is operated.
When Thr.Cut is active, the throttle position is held
regardless of the throttle stick position.
125(6& RSHUDWLRQ PRGH VZLWFKLQJ )RU PRWRU
DLUFUDIWVHOHFW(6&)RUPRWRUDLUFUDIWWKHWKURWWOH
SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW FDQ EH VHW VR

WKHPRWRUZLOOQRWXQH[SHFWHGO\UXQDWKLJKVSHHG
ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW :KHQ WKH
WKURWWOHVWLFNLVKLJKHUWKDQWKHVHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ LV QRW UHVHW HYHQ LI WKH
VZLWFKLVVHWWR2))6HWWRDVDIHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
VORZVLGH 
)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJ
VZLWFKHV$ +
6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "THR.CUT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Mode
Activating the function
Cut Position rate
Throttle Position
Switch selection
Switch direction
Select the setting item
with the Jog key.

When not using this Function


select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.

Airplane

7+5&87

Adjusts the rate to the position


that completely cuts the
throttle servo or ESC.

Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.


2P SWNULL, UP, DOWN
3P SWNULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

The THR item can be set


when the operation mode
is ESC . The number in
parentheses is the current
throttle stick position.

113

Throttle Cut
Mode
Select the "MODE" item and then select the
mode by pressing the + key or key.

Activating the function


Select the "MIX" item and then select the o
by pressing the + key or key.

or

or

RangeNOR, ESC
DefaultNOR

When you do not use a function, set to the


"INH" side.

"NOR"Engine plane
"ESC"Electric motor plane

Switch selection
Select the "SW" item and then select
the switch by pressing the + key or
key.

Switch direction
Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or key at
the ON direction selection item.

or

or

Range
RangeSwA SwH
DefaultSwA

Airplane

Cut Position rate


Select the "RATE" item and then select
the cht position by pressing the + key or
key (motor stop).

2P SWNULL, UP, DOWN


3P SWNULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN

In the case of ESC


Function release Throttle Position
Select the "THR" item and then select the release
position by THR stick is lowered and Jog key is
pressed for 1 second.

or
It adjusts to the position where an engine
is cut.

Range-30 0 +30%
Default0%
When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and
key simultaneously.

114

Set to a safe low throttle position.

Range0 100%
Default15%

IDLE DOWN

Idle down

(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function is linked to the air brake switch
and gear switch and lowers the engine idle. It is
used when engine idle is set high to prevent the
HQJLQHIURPVWDOOLQJGXULQJLJKWDQG\RXZDQWWR
lower engine idle when landing.

7KHDPRXQWHQJLQHLGOHLVORZHUHGFDQEHVHW
$WLGOLQJGRZQRSHUDWLRQWKHVWRSOHYHUDGMXVWVWKH
LGOHGRZQDPRXQW
)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJ
VZLWFKHV$ +7KHVZLWFKGLUHFWLRQFDQDOVREH
VHOHFWHG

Method
Calling the setting screen
Select "IDLE DOWN"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

,'/('2:1
Activating the function
Idle down rate

When not using this Function


select INH. The display of On/
O is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.


2P SWNULL, UP, DOWN
3P SWNULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

Idle down
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item
and then select the on
or o by pressing the +
key or key.

Airplane

Switch selection
Switch direction

Switch selection
Select the "SW" item
and then select the
switch by pressing the
+ key or key.

or

When you do not use a function, set to the


"INH" side.

Switch direction
Select the "POSI" by pressing the
+ key or key at the ON direction
selection item.

Range
2P SWNULL, UP, DOWN
3P SWNULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C,
CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

or

RangeSwA SwHDefaultSwC

Idle down rate


Select the "RATE" item and
then ad just the idle down
rate by pressing the + key or
key.

or

Range0 40%
Default0%
When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and key simultaneously.

The idle down amount is usually 10% 20%. Hold down the aircraft and set the throttle switch to the maximum
slow position while the engine is running and adjust the idle drop amount while turning the switch on and o.

115

SNAP ROLL

Snap roll

(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function performs snap roll by switch (SwH).
7KH UROO GLUHFWLRQ LV VHOHFWHG IURP DPRQJ  GLUHFWLRQV 58 /8 5' /'  E\ 
VZLWFKHV
$VDVDIHW\PHDVXUHDVDIHW\PRGHFDQEHVHWVRWKDWRSHUDWLRQLVQRWSHUIRUPHG
HYHQLIDVZLWFKLVPLVWDNHQO\WXUQHGRQZKHQUHWUDFWLQJWKHODQGLQJJHDU

Method

NOTE The trainer function cannot be turned on simultaneously with this


function. If the trainer function is active, trainer ACT is displayed on the
screen. After setting the trainer function to INH , turn on this function.

Direction Switch
SW1

SW2

1: R/U
2: L/U
3: R/D
4: L/D

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "SNAP ROLL"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Activating the function

61$352//

Snap roll direction


When INH is selected, the
function cannot be used. To use
the function, select OFF(ON).

Safe mode set


Direction Switch selection

Rate set

Airplane

Select the setting item with


the Jog key.

Snap roll
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and
then select the "OFF" by
pressing the + key or key.

or

Direction switch
selection
Select the "DIRC-SW1"
and "DIRC-SW2" item
and select each switch
by pressing the + key or
key.

When you do not use a


function, set to the "INH"
side.

Range
NULL, SwA SwH
DefaultNULL

Safe mode set


Select the "SAFE-MODE"
item and then select the
mode by pressing the +
key or key.

Range
FREE, CH5+, CH5DefaultFREE

Servo Rate set


Switch the DIRC-SW1 or DIRCSW2 in the direction you are
wanting to adjust by pressing
the + key or key at the AIL ,
ELE , and RUD items.

Range-120 +120%
Set the R/U, L/U, R/D, and L/D
directions.

When a 3 position switch was selected at DIRC-SW1 setting, 1:R/U, 2:L/


U, 3:R/D switching is possible with 1 switch. At this time, DIRC-SW2
cannot be selected.
Safe mode setting can set the direction of the landing gear switch.
When CH5- was selected, the safety device sets the landing gear switch to the
rear position and the snap switch is not effective even if operated. When the
landing gear switch is in the forward position, operation is possible. When CH5+
was selected, the safety device operates and the snap switch is ineective even
if operated. When the landing gear switch is in the rear position, operation is
possible.
When FREE was selected: The safety device does not operate regardless of the
switch direction.

116

THR-CURVE

Throttle curveAirplane

(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function sets a 5 point throttle curve so that
the engine/motor speed relative to movement of the
WKURWWOHVWLFNLVWKHRSWLPXPYDOXHIRULJKW
$FXUYHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKVZLWFKSRVLWLRQ
However, this function cannot be used when the throttle EXP function was set. When this function is set,
the throttle EXP function cannot be used.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Select "THR-CURVE"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

7+5&859(

Activating the function


Switch selection

When not using this function,


select INH.
The set-up curve is shown

5 point curve
set

Present switch position

Airplane

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

Throttle curve
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item
and then select the
"ON" by pressing the +
key or key.

or

When you do not use a function, set to the


"INH" side.

Switch selection
Select the "SW" item
and then select the
switch by pressing the
+ key or key.

or

RangeSwA SwHDefaultSwE

5 point curve set


By Jog key, either of P-1 to P-5 is chosen. The + key or - key is pressed and a
rate is set up.

or

Range0 100%
DefaultP-1:0%, P-2:25%, P-3:50%, P-4:75%, P-5:100%

117

Pitch curveAirplane

PIT-CURVE

(ACROBATIC)

Function
This function is a function for the variable pitch
propellers of an airplane.
7KHFXUYHRIYHSRLQWVFDQEHVHWXS

3,7FXUYH IXQFWLRQ FDQQRW EH XVHG ZKHQ DQ


$,/9$725IXQFWLRQLV$&7
&+RIDSLWFKFDQEHVHWWR&+RU&+

Method
Calling the setting screen
Select "PIT-CURVE"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

3,7&859(

Activating the function


Switch selection

When not using this function,


select INH.

Channel selection
The set-up curve is shown

Airplane

5 point curve
set

Present switch position

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

PIT-curve
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item
and then select the
"ON" by pressing the +
key or key.

or

When you do not use a function, set to the


"INH" side.

5 point curve set


By Jog key, either of P-1
to P-5 is chosen. The +
key or - key is pressed
and a rate is set up.

or

RangeSwA SwHDefaultSwE
When a channel is changed

or

Range-100
+100%
DefaultP-1:-100%, P-2:-50%, P-3:0%,
P-4:+50%, P-5:+100%

118

Switch selection
Select the "SW" item
and then select the
switch by pressing the
+ key or key.

Channel selection
Select the "CH" item and
then select the channel
by pressing the + key or
key.

Range8CH5CH
Default8CH

or

THR DELAY

Throttle delay

(ACROBATIC)

Function
When this function is used, the throttle servo
operating speed can be slowed down.
Perfect for turbojet engine throttle control, etc.
7KHDPRXQWRIGHOD\FDQEHVHW

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "THR DELAY"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

7+5'(/$<

When INH is selected, the


function cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

Activating the function

Throttle delay rate


It can be set to slow the servo
movement up to +100%

Select the setting item with


the Jog key.

Airplane

Delay Rate set

THR DELAY
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or key.

or

Delay Rate set


Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the rate by pressing the + key or key.

or

Range0 100%
Default0%
When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and key simultaneously.

When you do not use a


function, set to the "INH" side.

119

HELICOPTER Function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function when
the model type was set to helicopter is displayed here.

To menu screen
by holding down
the + key

PowerON

First set the


throttle to slow.

Then turn on the power.

Home screen

When t h e E N D k e y i s
pressed, the display
returns to the home
screen.

END

When the + key is pressed for


1 second 1 second, the menu screen is
displayed.

MENU
0(18
0(18


MENU
1/3

0'/6(/
0'/1$0(
)$,/6$)(
5(9(56(
7,0(5
6(592

(1'32,17
75,0
68%75,0
30,;
$8;&+$1
3$5$0(7(5

Helicopter

0(18

MENU
2/3

7(/(0(75<
6(1625
6%86/,1.
0'/75$16
75$,1(5
&21',7,21

6:$6+$)5
6:+0,;
6:+5,1*
2))6(7
'(/$<
7+5&87

Selection
Move the cursor
( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n d
down and to the left and
right with the Jog key and
select the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

0(18

MENU
3/3

120

*<526(16
'5(;32
7+5&859(
3,7&859(
5(920,;
7+5+2/'

*29(5125
+297+5
+293,7
+, /23,7
7+50,;
7+51(('/

Calling the setting screen

Press the Jog key to open the


setting screen.

key LCD
key

Condition switching at each


setting screen

Press the jog button for 1 second.


When setting conditions with the
following function, each setting can
be made by switching the condition
by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
Throttle curve, Pitch curve,
Pitch Rudder, Gyro sens, HI/
LO-Pitch, OFFSET, Throttle MIX,
THR Needle, Swash MIX

key

Jog key

END key

Refer to "Common Functions"


previously described for a
description of this function.
Function
MENU1/3
MDL-SEL

MENU2/3
(P.40)

TELEMETRY

MENU3/3
(P.66)

GYRO SENS

Model select Model Copy Data


reset RX Link

Telemetry Display Alarm setup

Gyro mixing

MDL-NAME

SENSOR

D/R, EXPO

Telemetry sensor

(P.43)

Model name User name

FAIL SAFE

(P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE

(P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER

(P.48)

Timer

SERVO

(P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

MDL-TRANS

(P.92)

Pitch curve

TRAINER

REVO.MIX

(P.93)

Trainer
(Idle-up

Throttlehold)

S W A S H A F R H-1
(P.123)

(P.51)

Swash AFR

SWH.MIX
(P.52)

Sub trim

P.MIX1-6

OFFSET

AUX-CHAN

Trim oset

AUX channel

DELAY

PARAMETER

Delay

(P.58)

Data reset Model type ATLtrim LCD contrast Back light :


mode, time, adjustment Home
display Battery alarm Battery
vibration Buzzer tone Jog
navi Jog light Jog time
Telemetry : mode, unit Speech :
language, volume Stick position
alarm

THR.CHT

THR HOLD

(P.138)
(P.140)

Throttlehold

GOVERNOR
removes

(P.141)

Governor mixing

HOV-THR

(P.143)

Hovering Throttle

(P.124)

HOV-PIT

(P.144)

Hovering Pitch

(P.126)

HI/LO-PIT

(P.145)

HI/LO-pitch trim

Swash RING

Program mixing 1 6

(P.56)

(P.122)

Swash MIXing

SWH.RING
(P.53)

(P.136)

Helicopter

(P.50)

SUB TRIM

(P.134)

Revolution mixing (PIT to RUD)

END POINT

Trim reset Trim step

PIT-CURVE

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

Condition

TRIM

THR-CURVE
Throttle curve

Servo monitor Servo test


End point

(P.132)

Dual rate EXPO

SBUS LINK

CONDITION
(P.49)

(P.83)

(P.131)

(P.127)

THR-MIX

(P.146)

Swash Throttle mixing

(P.128)

THR-NEEDL

(P.147)

Throttle Needle mixing

(P.129)

Throttle cut

121

CONDITION

Condition select (Idle-upThrottlehold)

(HELICOPTER)

Function
The condition switches (idle up 1/2/3 and throttle
hold switch) are not operative at initial setting.
Switch setting is performed in advance with the
condition select function.

,QLWLDOO\VHWWRLGOHXS6Z( FHQWHU LGOHXS6Z(


IRUZDUG  LGOH XS  6Z) IRUZDUG  WKURWWOH KROG
6Z* IRUZDUG 

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "CONDITION"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

When not using this Function


select INH. The display of On/
O is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.

&21',7,21
Idle-up
setting
Throttlehold
setting
Select the setting item
with the Jog key.

Activating thefunction Switch direction


Switch selection

Helicopter

Condition select
Activating the function
Select the "INH" item of the
condition you want to use and set
it to "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the
+ key or key.

or

Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH".

In the case of change of a switch


Switch selection
A cursor is moved to
"Switch selection" and
or
a switch is changed by
key or key.

RangeSwA SwH
DefaultSwE
IDLE-UP1/2

SwF
IDLE-UP3
SwG
THR-HOLD

122

Switch direction
A cursor is moved to
"Switch direction" and
a switch direction is
changed by key or
key.

or

Range
2P SWNULL, UP, DOWN
3P SWNULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN

SWASH AFR

Swash AFR

(HELICOPTER)

When swash type is H-1, this setting screen is not displayed.

Function

This is the adjustable function rate (AFR) function when HR3, H-3, HE3, HN3, H-2, H-4, or H4X
is selected as the swash type. The ailerons, elevators, and pitch steering angle and direction can be
adjusted.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "SWASH AFR"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

Depending on the swash type the


screen display is dierent.

6:$6+$)5

When the polarity is changed, the


direction of operation is reversed.

Rete

NOTEIf the steering angle is too large, linkage binding may occur .

Travel adjustment of each function


Select each function item of "RATE" and
set the rate by pressing the + key or
key.

or

Helicopter

Swash AFR

Range-100 +100%
Default+50%
When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and key simultaneously. However, polarity does not
return.

123

SWH. MIX

Swash mixing

(HELICOPTER)

Function
This mixing is used to correct the bad tendencies
of the swash plate in the aileron direction and
elevator direction relative to aileron, elevator, and
pitch operations. It adjusts the rate of the direction
that requires correction so that the servo operates

smoothly in the proper direction relative to each


operation.
7KHFRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWRIHDFKFRQGLWLRQFDQEH
VHW
7KH OHIW DQG ULJKW XS DQG GRZQ  FRUUHFWLRQ
DPRXQWFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ

Example of use: Using to correct bad roll tendencies


AIL ELE is set to ON.
ACTION/ON is common to all conditions. The rate of unused conditions is set to 0%.
When the nose drops at right roll and the right side rate is adjusted in the "+"
direction, the elevators move to the up side when the right aileron is deected.
Left roll can be adjusted by left side rate.
However, since the left and right ailerons polarity and elevators operating direction
relationship is reversed; check the correction direction by swash plate operation.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "SWH.MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

Present condition

Helicopter

Condition
Mixing master direction

Rate

Mixing rate

6:+0,;
Activating the function

124

6:+0,;

When not using this function,


select INH.

Swash mixing
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then select the
"ON" by pressing the + key or key.

Setup of rate
Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing
rate by pressing the + key or key.

Range-100 +100%
Default0%

or

When you want to return the set value to the initial


value, press the + key and key simultaneously.
When you are not using a function, set
this to INH.

ON/OFF of a function, Setup of rate, and a trim, Jog key is pushed and
setting condition can be chosen.

Range
NORM, IDL1, IDL2, IDL3, HOLD

Helicopter

125

SWH.RING

Swash ring

(HELICOPTER)
ELE operation

Function
This swash mixing function limits swash travel
to prevent damage to the switch linkage due to simultaneous aileron and elevator operation. If is effective in 3D aerobatics with a large steering angle.

50%
100%

AIL operation

Aileron and elevator stick operation is limited


to within the circle (swash mixing) in the gure
shown at the right. (When rate is 100%)

Method

SwashRing

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "SWH.RING"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

6:+5,1*

When not using this function,


select INH.

Activating the function


Swash Ring rate

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

Displays the actual aileron


and elevator combined
travel when the stick is
manipulated.
Adjusts the operable range (swash mixing) of the
aileron and elevator sticks.

Helicopter

Swash Ring
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then select the
"ON" by pressing the + key or key.

or

When you do not use a function, set to


the "INH" side.

Setup of rate
Select the "RATE" item and
then adjust the mixing rate
by pressing the + key or
key.

or

Range50 200%
Default100%
When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and key simultaneously.
NOTEAdjust the swash mixing rate to the largest swash
inclination at which the linkage rod does not interfere.

126

OFFSET

Trim oset

(HELICOPTER)

Function
If this trim offset function is used, independent
trim adjustments can be made during hovering and
in the air. This function can offset the ailerons,
elevators, and rudder neutral position by linking
to the set switch or condition. A habit that tends
to appear from the standpoint of helicopter
characteristics when flying at high speed is
possible. This function can correct this habit.
)RUDFORFNZLVHURWDWLRQURWRUVLQFHWKHKHOLFRSWHU
WLOWVWRWKHULJKWGXULQJLJKWXVHWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQ
WR VHW WKH VZDVK SODWH VR WKDW WKH KHOLFRSWHU WLOWV
WR WKH OHIW 6LQFH WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI WKH HOHYDWRUV LV

GLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJRQDGMXVWPHQWRIWKHDLUFUDIW
GHFLGHWKHVHWWLQJGLUHFWLRQDIWHULJKW:KHQWKH
J\URLVXVHGLQWKH$9&6PRGHDWWKHUXGGHUHWF
WKHRIIVHWUDWHLVPDGH LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ WRPDNH
FRUUHFWLRQVDWWKHJ\URVLGH
:KHQWKHVZLWFKZDVVHOHFWHGRIIVHWV\VWHPFDQ
EHVHWIRUDSRVLWLRQVZLWFKDQGRIIVHWV\VWHPV
FDQ EH VHW IRU D  SRVLWLRQ VZLWFK /LQNLQJ WR
FRQGLWLRQV ,'/ +2/' LVDOVRSRVVLEOH
:KHQWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQLVRQGDWDDGMXVWPHQWLV
SRVVLEOHHYHQE\GLJLWDOWULP7KHWULPDGMXVWHGUDWH
LVLQSXWLQWKHDLU :KHQWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQLV21
WKHLQLWLDOVFUHHQWULPGLVSOD\LVOLQNHG

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "OFFSET"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Select the setting item with


the Jog key.

2))6(7

When not using this Function


select INH. The display of On/O is
shown when active and assigned
to a switch.

Activating the function


Switch direction,
Selection of condition
Oset rate

Present condition

Switch selection

Trim oset
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item
an d t h e n s e l e ct t h e
"ON" or "OFF" by
pressing the + key or
key.

Switch selection
Select the "SW" item
and then select the
switch by pressing the
+ key or key.

or

When you do not use a function, set to the


"INH" side.

Switch direction and condition


selection
Select the switch direction and
condition you want to set at the switch
direction and

condition items.
or

Helicopter

When "Cond" is chosen,


if Jog key is pushed for
1 second, it will change
to each condition
setting screen.

or

RangeCond, SwA SwH

Oset rate
Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the oset rate
by pressing the + key or key.

Range-120 +120%
Default0%
When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and key simultaneously.

127

DELAY

Delay

(HELICOPTER)

Function
This function prevents sudden offset changes
ZKHQWKHRIIVHWSLWFKUXGGHUPL[LQJDQGWKURWWOH
hold functions are turned on and off.

'HOD\FDQEHVHWDWWKHDLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVUXGGHU
WKURWWOHDQGSLWFK
7 K H  V H W  G H O D \  L V  F R P P R Q  W R  W K H  R I I V H W 
SLWFKUXGGHUPL[LQJDQGWKURWWOHKROGIXQFWLRQV

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "DELAY"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

'(/$<
Linked to the offset, revolution
mixing, and throttle hold functions
and turned "ON".

Delay rate

The delay is maximum at 100%.

Delay rate

Helicopter

Delay rate setup


Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the delay rate by pressing the + key or
key.

or

Range0 100%
Default0%
When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and key simultaneously.

128

THR.CUT

Throttle cut

(HELICOPTER)

Function
This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor
by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate
is adjusted to the position which completely cuts
the throttle servo or ESC when the throttle is
operated. At function operation, this position is
held regardless of the throttle stick position.
125(6& RSHUDWLRQ PRGH VZLWFKLQJ )RU PRWRU
DLUFUDIWVHOHFW(6&)RUPRWRUDLUFUDIWWKHWKURWWOH
SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW FDQ EH VHW VR

WKHPRWRUZLOOQRWXQH[SHFWHGO\UXQDWKLJKVSHHG
ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW :KHQ WKH
WKURWWOHVWLFNLVKLJKHUWKDQWKHVHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ LV QRW UHVHW HYHQ LI WKH
VZLWFKLVVHWWR2))6HWWRDVDIHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
VORZVLGH 
)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJ
VZLWFKHV$ +
6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "THR.CUT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

7+5&87

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

Adjusts the rate to the position


that completely cuts the
throttle servo or ESC.

Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.


2P SWNULL, UP, DOWN
3P SWNULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

The "THR" item can be set


when the operation mode
is "ESC". The number in
parentheses is the current
throttle stick position.

Helicopter

Mode
Activating the function
Cut Position rate
Throttle Position
Switch selection
Switch direction

When not using this Function


select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.

129

Throttle Cut
Mode
Select the "MODE" item and then select the
mode by pressing the + key or key.

Activating the function


Select the "MIX" item and then select the o
by pressing the + key or key.

or

or

RangeNOR, ESC
DefaultNOR

When you do not use a function, set to the


"INH" side.

"NOR"Engine plane
"ESC"Electric motor plane

Switch selection
Select the "SW" item and then select
the switch by pressing the + key or
key.

Switch direction
Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or key at
the ON direction selection item.

or

or

Range
RangeSwA SwH
DefaultSwA

Cut Position rate


Select the "RATE" item and then select
the cht position by pressing the + key or
key (motor stop).

In the case of ESC


Function release Throttle Position
Select the "THR" item and then select the release
position by THR stick is lowered and Jog key is
pressed for 1 second.

Helicopter

or
It adjusts to the position where an engine
is cut.

Range-30 0 +30%
Default0%
When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and
key simultaneously.

130

2P SWNULL, UP, DOWN


3P SWNULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN

Set to a safe low throttle position.

Range0 100%
Default15%

GYRO SENS

Gyro mixing

(HELICOPTER)

For helicopters Gyro mixing

Function

:KHQWKH*<PRGHZDVVHOHFWHG$9&RU125
LVGLVSOD\HGDWWKHVHQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJYDOXH
7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VHWWLQJ FKDQQHO FDQ EH VHOHFWHG
IURP WKH 58' &+  58'$,/ &+&+  58'
(/( &+&+  RU 58'$,/(/( &+&+&+ 
FRPELQDWLRQV

This mixing adjusts the gyro sensitivity from the


transmitter. The AVCS gyro (GY mode) or normal
gyro (STD mode) can be selected. Up to 3 axes can
be set.
7KHVHQVLWLYLW\FDQEHOLQNHGWRWKHFRQGLWLRQ &RQG 
RUDQDUELWUDU\VZLWFKDQGVHW

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "GYRO SENS"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Activating the function


Gain channel selection
Switch direction

When not using this function,


select INH.

*<526(16

Gain switch direction


Present switch position

Gyro type,
Gain rate
Select the setting item
with the Jog key.

Gyro type

Gyro Gain set

Swit c h e s t o t h e
sensitivity setting
screen of each
switch direction
when the Jog key is pressed.

When a Futaba GY gyro is used, gyro type "GY" is selected. This switches the gyro sensitivity
setting item to the mode and sensitivity direct reading display.

Activating the function


Select the "MIX" item
and then select the
"ON" by pressing the +
key or key.

Gain switch selection


Select the "SW" item
and then select the
switch by pressing the
+ key or key.

or

When you do not use a function, set to the


"INH" side.

Gain channel selection


Select the

"CH" item and


or
then select
the sensitivity
setting channel by pressing the + key
or key.

RangeRUD, RUD/AIL,
RUD/ELE, RUD/AIL/ELE
DefaultRUD

or

Helicopter

Gyro setup

RangeCond, SwA SwH

Gyro type and sensitivity setting


Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting
screen you want to set and then set "type" (gyro
type) and "rate" (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by
pressing the +key or key.
"type"RangeSTD,GYDefaultSTD
"rate"Range0 100%STD, NOR100 0
AVC100%GYDefault50%STD, 0%GY
When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and key simultaneously.

131

D/R,EXPO

Dual rate EXPO

(HELICOPTER)

Function
D/R
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps
7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKRUFRQGLWLRQ7KHOHIWDQG
ULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

EXP
This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral
position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle.
7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKHVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH
6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK
VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

Switch selectionSW
Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
6HOHFW6ZLWFK 6ZLWFK+ FRQGLWLRQ&RQG
'HIDXOW$LOHURQ6ZLWFK' (OHYDWRU6ZLWFK$ 5XGGHU6ZLWFK%

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "D/R,EXPO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second
Helicopter
The channel under selection is
underlined.

Channel selection
Switch direction

present switch position

Dual rate
EXPO

The dual rate and exponential


settings are displayed by a
curve.

Switch selection
Channel selection/Select
the setting item with the
Jog key.
Jog key is pushed for 1
second, a condition screen
will change.

132

Switch number

Rate

Channel
1Aileron
2Elevator
4Rudder

Dual rate
Channel selection
A channel is chosen
by Jog key.

Switch direction
Select the "No" item and
then select the switch
direction or condition by
pressing the + key or
key.

Range1, 2, 4

D/R Setup of rate


Select each function item of "D/R" and
set the rate by pressing the + key or
key.

or

or

Range0 140% Default100%


When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and
key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

Moving to another setting item of the same


channel is possible by Jog key.

EXPO
Channel selection
A channel is chosen
by Jog key.

Switch direction
Select the "No" item and
then select the switch
direction or condition by
pressing the + key or
key.

Range1, 2, 4

EXP Setup of rate


Select the "EXP" item and then adjust
the rate by pressing the + key or key.

or

Range-100 +100%Default0%

or

When you want to return the set value


to the initial value, press the + key and
key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

Switch Change
Channel selection
Select the "SW" item and then select
the channel with the Jog key.

Switch selection
A switch or Cond is chosen by + key or
key.

Helicopter

Moving to another setting item of the same


channel is possible by Jog key.

or

Range1, 2, 4

RangeSwA SwH, Cond


When "Cond" is chosen, a setup is
possible for every condition.

133

THR-CURVE

Throttle curveFor helicopters

(HELICOPTER)

Function
The throttle curve function sets a 5 point curve in
relation to the throttle stick movement and adjusts
each point over the 0 100% range so that the
HQJLQHVSHHGLVRSWLPXPIRULJKW

1RUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ DQG


LGOHXS ,'/ WKURWWOHFXUYHVFDQEHVHW
7KHQRUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ 
DQGLGOHXS ,'/ VZLWFKFDQEHSUHVHWDWWKH
FRQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ

Normal throttle curve adjustment method


The normal throttle curve creates a basic throttle curve centered near hovering. This curve is
adjusted together with the normal pitch curve so that engine speed is constant and up/down
control is easiest. The normal throttle function is always on.

Idle up 1/2/3 throttle curve adjustment method


The idle up curves are set so that the engine maintains a constant speed even when the pitch is
reduced during ight. Curves matched to the purpose such as loop, roll and 3D are created and idle
up curves 1/2/3 are by aerobatics.

CAUTIONS
Operation precautionsWhen starting the engine, always set idle up
sticks 1/2/3 to OFF and start the engine at idling.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "THR-CURVE"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second
Helicopter
Activating the function
Setting condition

7+5&859(

When not using this Function


select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active
and assigned to a switch. A
display when normal is "---"
alwaysON.

5point curve
rate

The THR-CURVE settings are


displayed by a curve.

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.
RatePresent condition

134

Throttle curve
Activating the throttle curves (ID1/2/3)
Select the "MIX" item and set to
"ON" or "OFF" by pressing the +
key or key.

or

For the normal condition, "---" is displayed. (Always ON)

RangeNOR, ID1, ID2, ID3

When you do not want to use an idle up curve, set to


"INH".

5 point curve setting


Select the setting item of each point (P-1 P-5)
with the Jog key and set the travel of each point by
pressing the + key or key.

Default
P-5: 100%
P-4: 75%
P-3: 50%
P-2: 25%
P-1: 0%

Range0 100%

or

When you want to return the set value to


the initial value, press the + key and key
simultaneously.

Curve copying method


Select the "CND" item
and switch to the curve
copy mode by pressing
the Jog key.

Press the + key or


key and select the copy
destination condition.

Copy the condition by


pressing the Jog key for
1 second.

1 second

or

Throttle curve setting examples

50

25
0
P1

50

P3

P4

STICK

Normal

P5

0
P1

P5=100.0%
P4= 75.0%
P3= 65.0%
P2= 65.0%
P1= 67.0%

75
50

25

25

P2

The example of a setting

%
100

P5=100.0%
P4= 75.0%
P3= 50.0%
P2= 54.0%
P1= 56.0%

75
RATE

RATE

75

The example of a setting

%
100

P2

P3

P4

P5

0
P1

P2

STICK

Idle-up1

P3

P4

P5

Helicopter

P5=100.0%
P4= 65.0%
P3= 50.0%
P2= 30.0%
P1= 0.0%

RATE

The example of a setting

%
100

STICK

Idle-up2

NOTESet the actual value of the throttle curve according to the fuselage
specications.

135

PIT-CURVE

Pitch curveFor helicopters

(HELICOPTER)

Function
The pitch curve function allows setting by a 5
point curve in relation to throttle stick movement
and adjustment of each point over the -100%
+100% range so that the pitch enters the optimum
LJKWVWDWH

1RUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ LGOH


XS  ,'/  DQG KROG +/'  SLWFK FXUYHV FDQ EH
VHW
7KHQRUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ 
LGOHXS '/ DQGKROG +2/' VZLWFKHVFDQEH
SUHVHWDWWKHFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ
NOTEWhen the hold switch is on, the hold function has
priority even though an idle up switch is in any position.

Normal curve adjustment method


The normal pitch curve creates a basic pitch curve centered near hovering. This curve is adjusted
together with the throttle pitch curve so that engine speed is constant and up/down control is
easiest.

Idle up 1/2/3 curve adjustment method


The high side pitch curve sets the maximum pitch that does not apply a load to the engine. The low
side pitch curve is created to match the purpose such as loop, roll, and 3D. The idle up 1/2/3 curves
are used by aerobatics.

Throttle hold curve adjustment method


The throttle hold curve is used when performing auto rotation dives. Set the intermediate pitch to
match the stick work at pitch up.

Method
Calling the setting screen

Helicopter

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "PIT-CURVE"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

1 second

Activating the function


Condition

When not using this Function


select INH. The display of On/
O is shown when active and
assigned to a switch. When
normal,"---" (always ON) is
displayed.

3,7&859(

5point curve
rate
Select the setting item
with the Jog key.

The PIT-CURVE settings are


displayed by a curve.

RatePresent condition

136

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

Pitch curve
Activating the pitch curves
ID1/2/3, HLD
Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ON" or "OFF" by
or
pressing the + key or key.

For the normal condition, "---" is displayed. (Always ON)

RangeNOR, ID1, ID2, ID3, HLD

When you do not want to use an idle up, hold curve, set
to "INH".

Default
P-5: +100%
P-4: +50%
P-3: 0%
P-2: -50%
P-1: -100%

5 point curve setting


Select the setting item of each point (P-1 P-5)
with the Jog key and set the travel of each point by
pressing the + key or key.

Range-100 +100%

or

When you want to return the set value to


the initial value, press the + key and key
simultaneously.

Curve copying method


Select the "CND" item
and switch to the curve
copy mode by pressing
the Jog key.

Press the + key or


key and select the copy
destination condition.

Copy the condition by


pressing the Jog key for
1 second.

1 second

or

Pitch curve setting examples

-50
-100
P1

P5= +40%
P4= +10%
P3= -10%
P2= -40%
P1= -70%

P2

P3

P4

-100
P1

P5

Normal

P2

P3
STICK

P4

Idle-up1

The example of a setting

%
+100

+50

+50

P5= +40%
P4= +10%
P3= -10%
P2= -50%
P1= -80%

-50

-50

STICK

RATE

+50

RATE

P5= +70%
P4= +50%
P3= +6%
P2= -40%
P1= -70%

The example of a setting

%
+100

P5

-100
P1

P2

P3

P4

P5

STICK

Helicopter

RATE

+50

The example of a setting

%
+100

RATE

The example of a setting

%
+100

Idle-up2

NOTESet the actual value of the pitch curve according to


the fuselage specications.

P5= +100%
P4= +50%
P3=
0%
P2= -50%
P1= -100%

-50
-100
P1

P2

P3
STICK

P4

P5

Hold

137

REVO.MIX

Pitch Rudder mixing

(HELICOPTER)

Function
7KH SLWFKUXGGHU PL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ FRQWUROV
the pitch of the tail rotor to suppress the reaction
torque (force that attempts to swing the helicopter
in the direction opposite the direction of rotation
of the main rotor) generated by the main rotor
pitch and speed. It is adjusted so that the pitch of
the tail rotor is also changed when the main rotor
pitch changes and reaction torque appears and so
that the nose does not swing to the left and right.
However, when the AVCS mode is used with a GY
6HULHVJ\URSLWFKUXGGHUPL[LQJLVXQQHFHVVDU\

7KHQRUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ DQGLGOHXS


,'/ UDWHVFDQEHVHW
7KHKLJKVLGHDQGORZVLGHUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG
)RU D FORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH RSHUDWLQJ
GLUHFWLRQ LV VHW VR WKDW WKH UXGGHU LV PL[HG LQ WKH
ULJKW GLUHFWLRQ ZKHQ WKH SLWFK EHFRPHV SOXV )RU
D FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH VHWWLQJ LV
RSSRVLWH 7KH RSHUDWLQJ GLUHFWLRQ VHWWLQJ UHYHUVHV
WKHUDWHSRODULW\
&:URWDWLRQ/RZVLGH /2: KLJKVLGH +,*+ 

&&: URWDWLRQ /RZ VLGH /2:   KLJK VLGH
+,*+ 
*7KH DERYH YDOXHV DUH WKH LQLWLDO YDOXHV 5HSODFH
WKHPZLWKWKHDFWXDOVHWWLQJYDOXHV

Adjustment procedure
First, trim at hovering and then adjust the neutral position.

Normal pitch rudder mixing

Helicopter

Throttle low side (slow while hovering) adjustment


Repeatedly hover from take o and land from hovering at a constant rate matched to your own rhythm, and
adjust pitch rudder mixing so that the nose does not deect when the throttle is raised and lowered.
If the nose points to the left when landing from hovering or points to the right when taking o, when hovering
stabilizes and the stick moves to the neutral position, low side mixing rate is probably too large and when
the nose points in the opposite direction, low side rate is probably too small. However, when landing, the
direction of the nose may not stabilize depending on the state on the ground. The direction of the nose may
also become unstable when rotation of the rotor does not rise.
Throttle high (up to climbing from hovering and diving hovering) adjustment
Repeat up to climbing from hovering and diving hovering matched to your own rhythm and adjust
pitch rudder mixing so that the nose does not deect to the left and right when the throttle is raised and
lowered. If the nose points to the right when climbing from hovering, the high side mixing rate is too large and
if the nose points to the right, the mixing rate is too small. Repeat climbing and diving and make adjustment
while taking the balance.

idle-up1/2,3Pitch Ruddermixing
This mixing sets the mixing rate so that the rudder direction is straight forward at high speed ight.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

1 second

138

Select "REVO.MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

Activating the function


Selection of condition
High side Setup of rate
Low side Setup of rate

5(920,;

When not using this function,


select INH.

present switch position

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

Rate

Pitch Ruddermixing
Activating the function
Select the "MIX"
item and then
select the "ON" by
pressing the + key
or key.

Selection of condition
Select the "CND" item and
selection of condition by
pressing the + key or
key.

or

or

RangeNORM, IDL1/2, IDL3

When you do not use a function, set to


the "INH" side.

Setup of rate
Select each function item of "HI"or
"LO" and set the rate by pressing the
+ key or key.

or

Range-100 +100%
Default(NORM)-20%(LOW)+20%(HIGH)
Default(IDL1/2/3)0%(LOW)0%(HIGH)
When you want to return the set value to the initial value,
press the + key and key simultaneously.

Helicopter

139

THR HOLD

Throttle hold

(HELICOPTER)

Function
The throttle hold function fixes or stops the
engine throttle position by hold switch operation
during an auto rotation dive. Operation can be
set within the -50% +50% range based on the

throttle trim position.


The switch is changed at the conditions selection
screen. (Initial setting: SwG)

CAUTIONS
NOTEPriority is given to throttlehold over idle-up.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "THR HOLD"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

7+5+2/'
Activating the function

When not using this Function


select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.

hold throttle position


Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

Throttle hold

Helicopter

Activating the function


Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ON" or "OFF" by
pressing the + key or key.

or

Hold throttle position


Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the rate by pressing the + key or key.

or

Range-50 +50%
Default0%
When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and key simultaneously.

When you do not use a


function, set to the "INH" side.
Function ACT INH is linked to Hold position adjustment method
condition THR-HOLD, and can be set When you want to lower the engine idling, set to the "+" direction and
at any screen.
adjust so that the carburetor is full open.
When maintaining idling, set the throttle stick to the slow position and
turn the hold switch on and o and set to the number at which the servo
does not operate.
NOTEWhen connecting the throttle linkage, lower the digital trim to the
slowest and adjust so that the carburetor is full open.

140

GOVERNOR

Governor mixing

(HELICOPTER)

Function
When a governor (CGY750/GY701/GV-1,
etc.) is used, the speed can be adjusted from the
transmitter. CH7 or CH8 or CH9 can be selected as
the speed setting control channel.

When using a separate ON/OFF switch (cut


switch), ON/OFF control uses CH8. In this case,
CH7 or CH9 controls speed setting.

Setting examples
Example of setting that switches the speed and ON/OFF by 3 position switch
3position
Adjustment from transmitter
Switch
Setup of rate
direction
R.P.M 1OFF
UP
0%
0%Governor R.P.M "o"
R.P.M 21400
CNTR
50%
"50%"
R.P.M 31700
DOWN
100%
"100%"
*For example, speed 3 sets *For the time being use the *Since speed adjustment from the transmitter
the maximum speed to be initial rate setting.
is rate setting, checking the actual speed at
used and is lowered and
the governor display and remembering its
adjusted at the transmitter.
relationship is convenient.
Governor speed
setting example

Switching the speed for each condition


The speed for each condition can be set by selecting "Cond" by switch. Since speed adjustment from the
transmitter is rate setting, for the actual speed check the governor display.
Controlling governor ON/OFF by separate switch
When a separate switch is used to turn the governor on and o, switch setting is performed by "OFF-CNTRL"
item.
*Speed and ON/OFF switch settings are different depending on the governor. Perform these settings in
accordance with the instruction manual of the governor used.
*At throttle hold, always conrm that the governor is OFF. Conversely, when raising the speed value, reverse
the polarity of "CH8".

Method
Calling the setting screen
Select "GOVERNOR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Activating the function


Switch selection

*29(5125

When "INH", the function


cannot be used. When you
want to use CH7 as the speed
setting channel, select "CH7"
and when you want to use
CH8(9), select "CH8(9)".

Setup of rate

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

Helicopter

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Rate
The above screen shows the case when the speed is
set for each condition.

141

Governor mixing
A c t i v a t i n g t h e f u n c t i o nR . P. M C H
selection
Select the "MIX" item

and then select the


or
"CH7""CH8" or "CH9" by
pressing the + key or
key.

Switch selection
Select the "MODE"
item and then select
the switch by pressing
the + key or key.

or

RangeCond, SwA SwH

When you do not use a function, set to the


"INH" side.

R.P.M setting
Select the "RATE" item
and then adjust the rate
by pressing the + key or
key.

Range0.0 100.0%

or

Default
Cond
NORM=0.0%, IDL1=50.0%, IDL2=100.0%,
IDL3=100.0%, HOLD=0.0%
2P Switch selection
UP=0.0%, DOWN=100.0%
3P Switch selection
UP=0.0%, CNTR=50.0%, DOWN=100.0%

When using an ON/OFF switch


*Select the OFF-CTRL item and then adjust the rate by pressing the + key or key.
ON/OFF Switch selection
Switch direction
Select the "SW"
Select the "POSI" by pressing

or
it e m a n d t he n
the + key or key at the ON
or
select the switch
direction selection item.
by pressing the
2P SWUP, DOWN
+ key or key.
3P SWUP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

RangeSwA SwH
DefaultSwA

Helicopter

When number of rotations goes up at the time of Throttlehold


*If the speed is increased at throttle hold, the governor and transmitter operating directions will not
coincide. In this case, match the operating directions by reversing the polarity of "CH8".

What is a governor
A governor is made up of a set of sensors which
read the RPM of the helicopter s head, and a
control unit that automatically adjusts the throttle
setting to maintain a constant head speed
regardless of changes in pitch of blades, weather
conditions, etc. Governors are extremely popular in
competition helicopters due to the consistency
provided.
How does it help in helicopter setup? The
governor eliminates the need to spend large
amounts of time setting up throttle curves, as it
automatically adjusts the engine s RPM to
maintain the desired head speed.

142

HOV-THR

Hovering throttle

(HELICOPTER)

Function
The hovering throttle function trims the throttle
near the hovering point.
When the hovering throttle knob is turned
clockwise, the speed increases and when it is turned
counterclockwise, the speed decreases. Rotor
speed changes due to changes in the temperature,

humidity, and other flying conditions can be


trimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor speed.
More precise trimming is possible by using this
function together with the hovering pitch function.
7KHRSHUDWLRQFRQGLWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPRQO\
QRUPDORUQRUPDOLGOHXS

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "HOV-THR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Activating the function

When "INH", the function


cannot be used. To use the
function, switch to "ON".

+297+5

Trim memory settting

Compensation amount at trim


memory

VR setting
Selection of condition

Actual compensation amount


including the hovering throttle
knob

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

The knob operating direction


is dierent depending on the
polarity.

NORMOnly the normal condition operates


NORM/IDL1It operates by normal condition and
idle-up1.

Hovering Throttle

or

When you do not use a function, set to


the "INH" side.

VR setting
Select the "VR" item and then select the
"VR" or "DT" by pressing the + key or
key.
RangeNULL
OFF
, +VR, -VR, +DT5, -DT5,
+DT6, -DT6
Default+DT6

Selection of condition
Select the "MODE" item
and then select condition
by pressing the + key or
key.

or

RangeNORM, NORM/IDL1
DefaultNORM

Helicopter

Activating the function


Select the "MIX"
item and then
select the "ON" by
pressing the + key
or key.

Memorizing the hovering throttle adjustment position


Memory setting
Select the "RATE" item and memorize the
current trim position by pressing the Jog
key.
When the knob is returned to the center after
memorization, the trim position returns to its
previous position.
NOTEIf memorization is repeated at the same
position, the value is cumulated.

143

HOV-PIT

Hovering pitch

(HELICOPTER)

Function
The hovering pitch function trims the pitch near
the hovering point.
When the hovering pitch knob is turned
clockwise, the pitch gets stronger and when it is
turned counterclockwise, the pitch gets weaker.
Rotor speed changes due to changes in temperature,
humidity, and other flying conditions can be
trimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor rotation.

Method

More precise trimming is possible by using


this function together with the hovering throttle
function.
7KH RSHUDWLQJ FRQGLWLRQ FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IURP
QRUPDORQO\DQGQRUPDOLGOHXS
7KH WULP SRVLWLRQ FDQ EH PHPRUL]HG ,I LW LV
PHPRUL]HGEHIRUHWKHPRGHOPHPRU\LVFKDQJHG
WKHRULJLQDOWULPVWDWHFDQEHUHWULHYHGE\PHUHO\
VHWWLQJ WKH NQRE WR WKH FHQWHU ZKHQ WKH WULP
SRVLWLRQLVUHFDOOHG

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "HOV-PIT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Activating the function


Trim memory settting

Compensation amount at trim


memory

VR setting
Selection of condition

Actual compensation amount


including the hovering pitch
knob

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

NORMOnly the normal condition operates


NORM/IDL1It operates by normal condition and
idle-up1.

The knob operating direction


is dierent depending on the
polarity

Helicopter

Hovering Pitch
Activating the function
Select the "MIX"
item and then
select the "ON" by
pressing the + key
or key.

or

When you do not use a function, set to


the "INH" side.

VR setting
Select the "VR" item
and then select the
"VR" or "DT" by
pressing the + key
or key.

or

RangeNULL
OFF
, +VR, -VR, +DT5, -DT5,
+DT6, -DT6
Default-VR

144

When "INH", the function


cannot be used. To use the
function, switch to "ON".

+293,7

Selection of condition
Select the "MODE" item
and then select condition
by pressing the + key or
key.

or

RangeNORM, NORM/IDL1
DefaultNORM

Memorizing the hovering pitch adjustment position


Memory setting
Select the "RATE" item and memorize the current
trim position by pressing the Jog key.
When the knob is returned to the center after
memorization, the trim position returns to its
previous position.
NOTEIf memorization is repeated at the same
position, the value is cumulated.

HI/LO-PIT

HI/LO-pitch trim

(HELICOPTER)

Function
The high/low pitch trim function adjusts the
pitch servo high side and low side to the optimum
SLWFKLQGLYLGXDOO\IRUHDFKLJKWFRQGLWLRQ QRUPDO
idle up 1/2/3, hold).

7KH KLJK SLWFK DQG ORZ SLWFK WULP OHYHUV DQG


RSHUDWLQJ GLUHFWLRQ FDQ EH VHOHFWHG 7KH WULP
OHYHUVRSHUDWHLQFRPPRQIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQDQG
D XVHGR QRW XVH WULP OHYHU FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IRU
HDFKIXQFWLRQ

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "HI/LO-PIT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Selection of condition

+,/23,7

High side Pitch


Trim ON,OFF
High side trim

Present condition

Actual adjustment position


including high pitch trim

Low side same

Selected from among DT5,


DT6, and VR. The operation
direction is different
depending on the polarity (+,
-).

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

HI/LO-pitch trim

or

Adjustment by Key operation


Select each function item of "HI-PIT" or "LO-PIT" and
set the pitch rate by pressing the + key or key.

Range60 100%
Default100%

Helicopter

Selection of condition
Select the setting
condition selection
item and select
the condition by
pressing the + key or key.

DT, VR adjustment ON, OFF selection


Select ON, OFF by pressing the + key or
key at the high side or low side "ADJ"
item.
TYP selection
Select trim or VR by pressing the + key or
key at the "TYP" item.

Range+DT5, -DT5, +DT6, -DT6,+VR,


-VR
The high side or low side pitch can be
adjusted with the selected digital trim or
VR.

145

THR-MIX

Throttle mixing

(HELICOPTER)

Function
This mixing compensates for slowing of the
helicopter when the ailerons, elevators, and rudder
are operated.

7KHFRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWOLPLWVWKHWKURWWOHKROGSRLQW
 RUKLJKHVWSRLQW RSHUDWLRQ

7KH FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW FDQ EH VHW IRU HDFK


FRQGLWLRQ

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "THR-MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

7+50,;

When not using this function,


select INH.

Activating the function


Condition

Present condition

Mixing
Select the setting item
with the Jog key.

Rate

Helicopter

Throttle mixing
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then select the
"ON" by pressing the + key or key.

or

When you do not use a function, set to


the "INH" side.

Setup of rate
Select each function item
of "MIX" and set the rate by
pressing the + key or key.

or

Range0 100%
RUD THR : -100 +100%
Default0%
When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and key simultaneously.

The setting condition can be selected by pressing


the Jog key at rate adjustment.

RangeNORM, IDL1, IDL2, IDL3

146

THR NEEDL

Throttle NeedlemixingFor helicopters

(HELICOPTER)

Function
This mixing sets the mixture by a 5 point curve in relation to throttle
stick movement when the engine is equipped with a mixture control
system (needle control or other mixture adjustment). Normal condition
(NOR) idle up use (ID2) and idle up 3 (ID3) can be set independently.
The needle servo connects to CH8 of the transmitter.

8CH

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "THR NEEDL"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Activating the function


Condition

7+5 1(('/

When not using this function,


select INH.
Present condition

5 point curve
set

The CURVE settings are


displayed by a curve.

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

Throttle Needlemixing
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ON" or "OFF" by
pressing the + key or key.

When such, setting condition can be


chosen by pressing Jog key.

or

RangeNOR, I12, ID3

5 point curve setting


Select the setting item of each
point (P-1 P-5) with the Jog
key and set the travel of each
point by pressing the + key or
key.

Helicopter

When you do not use a function, set to the "INH" side.

Default
P-5: 100.0%
P-4: 75.0%
P-3: 50.0%
P-2: 25.0%
P-1: 0.0%

or

When you want to return the set value


to the initial value, press the + key
and key simultaneously.

Range0.0 100.0%

Curve copying method


Select the "CND" item and
switch to the curve copy
mode by pressing the Jog
key.

Press the + key or key and


select the copy destination
condition.

Copy the condition by


pressing the Jog key for 1
second.
1 second

or

147

Glider function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function when
the model type was set to glider (2AIL+4FLP) is displayed here.

Power ON

First set the


throttle to slow.

Then turn on
the power.

W hen t h e E N D k e y i s
pressed, the display
returns to the home
screen.

To menu screen
by holding down
the + key

Home screen

$)

END

1 second When the + key is pressed for


1 second, the menu screen is
displayed.

MENU
0(18$)
0(18$)


MENU
1/3

0'/6(/
0'/1$0(
)$,/6$)(
5(9(56(
7,0(5
6(592

(1'32,17
75,0
68%75,0
30,;
$8;&+$1
3$5$0(7(5

0(18$)

Glider

MENU
2/3

7(/(0(75<
6(1625
6%86/,1.
0'/75$16
75$,1(5
$,/',))

$,/58'
97$,/
*<526(16

0(18$)

MENU
3/3

148

'5(;32
02725
&21',7,21
58'$,/
&$0%5)/3
&$0%50,;

%877(5)/<
&$0%5(/(
(/(&$0%5
$,/&$0%5
$,/%5.)/
75,00,;

Selection
Move the cursor
( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n d
down and to the left and
right with the Jog key and
select the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

Calling the setting screen

Press the Jog key to open the


setting screen.

Key LCD
key

key

$)

Jog key

END key

The menu item is an example of WING type 2 ailerons + 4 aps. The menu items
can be changed according to the WING type. For example, if WING type is 1AIL,
since the item blinks, reference only the item of the WING type used.
Relevant WING type display WING TYPE

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

Refer to "Common Functions"


previously described for a
description of this function.
Function
MENU1/3
MDL-SEL

MENU 3/3

MENU2/3
(P.40)

TELEMETRY

(P.66)

D/R, EXPO

Model select Model Copy Data


reset RX Link

Telemetry Display Alarm setup

Dual rate EXPO

MDL-NAME

SENSOR

MOTOR SW

Telemetry sensor

(P.43)

Model name User name

FAIL SAFE

(P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE

(P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER

(P.48)

SBUS LINK
MDL-TRANS

AIL RUD
Aileron Rudder

V-TAIL
(P.51)

Trim reset Trim step


Sub trim

P.MIX1-6

Gyro mixing

(P.150)

CAMBR MIX

(P.151)

BUTTERFLY

(P.152)

CAMBR ELE

(P.162)

Camber Elevator mixing

(P.153)

ELE CAMBR

(P.163)

Elevator Camber mixing

(P.165)

Aileron Camber mixing

AIL BRKFL

AUX-CHAN

Aileron Brake ap

AUX channel

TRIM MIX

PARAMETER

Trim MIX

(P.58)

(P.161)

Buttery mixing

Program mixing 1 6

(P.56)

(P.160)

Camber mixing

AIL CAMBR
(P.53)

(P.159)

Camber ap mixing

V-Tail

GYRO SENS
(P.52)

(P.93)

(P.158)

(P.166)

Glider

SUB TRIM

RUD AIL
CAMBR FLP

END POINT
TRIM

(P.92)

Trainer

Servo monitor Servo test

(P.157)

Condition

TRAINER

SERVO

End point

CONDITION

Rudder Aileron mixing

Aileron Dierential

(P.50)

(P.89)

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

AIL-DIFF

(P.156)

Motor switch

S.BUS servo set up

Timer

(P.49)

(P.83)

(P.154)

(P.167)

Data reset Model type ATLtrim LCD contrast Back light :


mode, time, adjustment Home
display Battery alarm Battery
vibration Buzzer tone Jog
navi Jog light Jog time
Telemetry : mode, unit Speech :
language, volume Stick position
alarm

149

AIL-DIFF

Aileron dierential
WING TYPE

Function

(GLIDER)
1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

Two servos can be used for ailerons and a


differential can be applied to left and right
aileron operation.
Connect the left aileron to CH1 (AIL) and the
right aileron to CH7.

CH1

7KHXSDQGGRZQDQJOHRIWKHOHIWDQGULJKWDLOHURQ
FRQWUROVXUIDFHFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\

CH7

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "AIL-DIFF"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

$,/',))
Aileron rate
Aileron1CH1rate
Aileron2CH7rate

Select the setting item with


the Jog key.

Aileron Dierential

Glider

Aileron control surface angle adjustment


Select the "RATE-AIL1" item and then move the aileron stick
to the left and right and adjust the travel of each by pressing
the + key or key.

Range-120 +120%
Default+100%
When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.

Adjust the RATE-AIL2 item the same as .

150

LAileron Stick Left side rate


RAileron Stick Right side rate

AIL RUD

Aileron Rudder

(GLIDER)

WING TYPE

Function

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

Use this mix when you want to mix the rudder


with aileron operation. This allows the aircraft to
bank at a steep angle.
:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH
OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJ
WKHUDWHSRODULW\

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "AIL RUD"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

$,/
58'
Activating the function
Rate adjustment

When not using this function,


select INH.

0,;,1+
5$7( 1250
6:6:$
326,'2:1

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.
3 Position Switch
NULL
ON

UP

ON

UP&DWN
ON

ON
OFF

OFF

ON

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP

UP&CNT
ON
ON

OFF

OFF

ON

CENTER
OFF
ON
OFF

CNT&DN
OFF
ON
ON

DOWN
OFF

When condition was used, the display


can be switched and each connection
can be set by switching the condition
switch.
The ON/OFF switch can be changed.
(Selected with the Jog key and
changed with the +key)
Sets the ON/OFF direction of the
selected switch.

OFF
ON

DOWN

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

Activating the function


Select the "MIX" item and then select
the "ON" by pressing the + key or
key.

Mixing rate
S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n d
then adjust the mixing rate by
pressing the + key or key.

or

or

Range-100 +100%
Default0%

When you do not use a function, set


to the "INH" side.

When you want to return the set value to the initial value,
press the + key and key simultaneously.However,
polarity does not return.

Glider

Aileron Rudder

151

V-TAIL

V-Tail

(GLIDER)
WING TYPE

Function

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

This mixing is used with V tail aircraft that


combine the elevator and rudder functions.

-tail

CH2 (CH4)

Elevator
Rudder

Method

CH4 (CH2)

CH2 Servo
ELE1
RUD2

CH4 Servo
ELE2
RUD1

Calling the setting screen


Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "V-TAIL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Activating the function

97$,/

When INH is selected, the


function cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.

ELE1 rate
ELE2 rate

Rate adjustment

RUD2 rate
RUD1 rate
Select the setting item with
the Jog key.

V-TAIL

Glider

Activating the function


Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or key.

or

When you do not use a


function, set to the "INH" side.

Rate adjustment
Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or
key.

or

Range-100 +100%
Default+50%
only ELE2 : -50%
When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.

NOTEWe recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of movement. If
the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operation will be compounded and the servo travel range
will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.

152

GYRO SENS

Gyro sensor

(GLIDER)
WING TYPE

Function

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

IOLJKW WKH J\UR ZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQHV


DWWLWXGH )URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW RI VDIHW\ ZH
UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2))  SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHW
XVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFK
&+ &+&+ &+&+ RU &+&+&+
FRPELQDWLRQV FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\
VHWWLQJFKDQQHO

This function is dedicated mixing for switching


the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/
NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros. Up to 3
axes can be set.
7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKH
VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKFDQEH
VHW 6ZLWFKHV $ WR +  ,I WKH DLUSODQH VWDOOV GXULQJ

Method
Calling the setting screen
Select "GYRO SENS"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Activating the function


Gain Channel selection
Switch direction

*<526(16

When not using this function,


select INH.

Sensitivity switch selection


C u r r e n t s w i t c h o p e r a t i n g
direction

Gyrotype,
Gain rate

Switches to the sensitivity setting


screen of each switch
direction when the
Jog key is pressed.

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

GYRO SENS
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item
and then select the
"ON" by pressing the +
key or key.

Gyro type

Gyro Gain

When using a Futaba GYA gyro, select gyro type GY. This switches the gyro sensitivity setting
item to mode and sensitivity direct reading display.

Sensitivity switch selection


Select the "SW" item and then select the
switch by pressing the + key or key.

or

RangeCH5CH5/CH7
CH5/CH8CH5/CH7/CH8
DefaultCH5

RangeSwA SwHDefaultSwA

Gyro type and sensitivity setting


Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting
screen you want to set and then set "type" (gyro type)
and "rate" (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing
the + key or key.

Glider

When you do not use a function, set to the


"INH" side.

Sensitivity setting channel selection


Select the

"CH" item and


or
then select
the sensitivity
setting channel by pressing the + key
or key.

or

"type"RangeSTD,GYDefaultSTD
"rate"Range0 100%STD, NOR100 0
AVC100%GYDefault50%STD, 0%GY
When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and key simultaneously.

153

D/R,EXPO

Dual rate EXPO


WING TYPE

Function

(GLIDER)
1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

D/R
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps
7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ 
GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

EXP
This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral
position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle.
7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKHVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH
6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK
VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

Switch selectionSW
Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
'HIDXOW$LOHURQ6ZLWFK' (OHYDWRU6ZLWFK$ 5XGGHU6ZLWFK%

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "D/R, EXPO"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Glider

The channel under selection is


underlined.

Channel selection
Dual rate

Switch Direction

EXPO

The dual rate and exponential


settings are displayed by a
curve.

Switch selection
Channel selection/Select
the setting item with the
Jog key.

154

Switch number
D/R and EXPO rate display
Top rowLeft side down
Bottom rowRight side up

Channel
1Aileron
2Elevator
3Throttle
4Rudder

D/R
A channel is chosen by Jog
key.

Range1, 2, 4

Adjust the rate by moving the cursor


to D/R with the Jog key, switching the
dual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or key.

Range
0 140%
Default100%
When you want to
return the set value to
the initial value, press
the + key and key
simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
Moving to another setting item of the same
channel is possible by Jog key.

EXPO
Select the "EXP" item and
then select the channel with
the Jog key.

Adjust the rate by moving the cursor


to EXP with the Jog key, switching the
dual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or key.

Range1 4

Range
-100 +100%
Default0%
When you want to
return the set value to
the initial value, press
the + key and key
simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

Moving to another setting item of the


same channel is possible by Jog key.

Switch Change
Select the "SW" item and then select
the channel with the Jog key.

A switch is chosen by + key or key.

or

RangeSwA SwH

Glider

Range1, 2, 4

155

Motor switch

MOTOR SW

(GLIDER)
WING TYPE

Function

This function sets the operating motor when


the EP glider with motor is started by switch. The
operating speed can individually set in 2 ranges
of high from slow and slow from high. If you do
motor control with a throttle stick, you should
set this function to INH.

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

)RUVDIHW\WKH212))VZLWFKRIWKHDLUFUDIWLWVHOI
FDQEHVHW
,IDWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHUVXSSO\LVVZLWFKHGRQZKLOH
WKH PRWRU 6: KDV EHHQ 21 WKH ZDUQLQJ ZLOO
RSHUDWH%HVXUHWRVZLWFKRQDSRZHUVXSSO\ZLWK
WKHPRWRUVWDUWVZLWFK2))

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "MOTOR SW"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Present motor control position

027256:
02'(2))  
6$)(6:6:$'2:1
67576:6:''2:1
2))  21 
326,
63(('2))2))

Select the setting


item with the
Jog key.

Motor

Decelerating speed setting

Activating the function


Select the "MODE" item
and then select the
"OFF" by pressing the
+ key or key.

or

Glider

Start SW
A setup of the motor control
position (3CH end point)of Highside and Low-side

Accelerating speed setting

Switch selection
Change the switch by
pressing the + key or
key a t t h e s w i t c h
selection item.

When you do not use a function, set to the


"INH" side.

Switch direction
Select the
" D O W N " it em
or
and then select
the position by
pressing the + key or key.

If this safety switch is not ON, the


motor will not start even if the
starter switch is turned on. In
"NULL", a safe function does not
work.

RangeSwA SwH

Speed setting
Select "SPEED " next to (OFF) and (ON) by Jog key.
RangeOFF,1 10(more slowly)
(ON) is the acceleration speed setting.
(OFF) is the deceleration speed setting.

2P SWUP, DOWN
3P SW UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR,
C&DN, DOWN

DANGER
Always remove the propeller from the motor during setting and at operation checks.
7KHUHLVWKHGDQJHURIWKHSURSHOOHUVSLQQLQJXQH[SHFWHGO\DQGFDXVLQJDVHULRXVLQMXU\

156

or

CONDITION

Condition

(GLIDER)
WING TYPE

Function

The condition function lets you change multiple


settings by one switch operation. Different
settings can be made immediately by switching 2
conditions.

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

7KH IXQFWLRQV WKDW FDQ EH FKDQJHG E\ FRQGLWLRQ


DUH
$LOHURQ5XGGHU5XGGHU$LOHURQ
&DPEHU)/3&DPEHU0,;%XWWHU\
&DPEHU(/((/(&DPEHU$,/&DPEHU
$,/%5.)/7ULPPL[

Method
Calling the setting screen
Select "CONDITION"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

&21',7,21
Condition1

When not using this


Function select INH.
The display of On/Off is
shown when active and
assigned to a switch.

,1+6:$'2:1
,1+6:$'2:1

Priority is given to the


condition 2 when the
condition 1 and 2 is turned on
simultaneously.

Condition2
Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
Activating the function
Switch direction
Switch selection

CONDITION

or

Glider

Activating the function


Select the "INH" item of the
condition you want to use and
then set that condition to "ON" or
"OFF" by pressing the + key or
key.

Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH".

Changing the switch


Switch selection
Change the switch by
pressing the + key or
key at the switch
selection item.

or

Switch direction
Select the ON direction
by pressing the + key or
key at the ON direction
selection item.

or

Range
RangeSwA SwH
DefaultSwA

2P SWNULL, UP, DOWN


3P SWNULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN

157

RUD AIL

Rudder Aileron

(GLIDER)

WING TYPE

Function

This function is used when you want to mix


the ailerons with rudder input. It is used when
rudder is applied during roll maneuvers such
as, knife edge flight. It can be used to turn or
bank scale models, large models, etc. like a fullsize aircraft.

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH


OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJ
WKHUDWHSRODULW\

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "RUD AIL"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

58'$,/
Activating the function
Mixing rate

When not using this function,


select INH.

0,;,1+
5$7( 1250
6:6:$
326,'2:1

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.
3 Position Switch
NULL
ON

UP

ON

OFF

ON
OFF

ON

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP

CENTER
OFF
ON
OFF

CNT&DN
OFF
ON
ON

DOWN
OFF
OFF
ON

The ON/OFF switch can be changed.


(Selected by Jog key and changed by
+ key.)
Sets the ON/OFF direction of the
selected switch.

DOWN

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

Glider

RUD AIL
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then select
the "ON" by pressing the + key or
key.

158

UP&CNT
ON

OFF

OFF

ON

UP&DWN
ON

ON

When condition was used, the display


can be switched and each connection
can be set by switching the condition
switch.

Mixing rate
S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n d
then adjust the mixing rate by
pressing the + key or key.

or

or

Range-100 +100%
Default0%

When you do not use a function, set


to the "INH" side.

When you want to return the set value to the initial value,
press the + key and key simultaneously.However,
polarity does not return.

CAMBR FLP

Camber ap

(GLIDER)
WING TYPE

Function

7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKDS FDPEHUDSV
)/3 EUDNH IODSV )/3  FDQ EH DGMXVWHG
independently for each servo according to the
ZLQJW\SH7KHFDPEHUDSVRSHUDWHVE\'7DQG
WKHEUDNHDSVRSHUDWHVE\'7

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

Aileron1
(CH1)
Flap1
Flap3
(Camber Flap) (Brake Flap)
(CH5)
(CH8)

Flap4
(Brake Flap)
Aileron2
(CH9)
Flap2
(CH7)
(Camber Flap)
(CH6)

7KHD[LVRIHDFKDSFDQEHVKLIWHG
7KH FRQWURO VZLWFK FDQ EH FKDQJHG E\ $8;
FKDQQHO

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "CAMBR FLP"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

D T5 a n d D T6 s e t
the amount of
movement when
the ap is operated.
Flap1
Flap2
Flap3
Flap4

&$0%5)/3
&$0%(5)/$3

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

 57  57  2)6


)
)
)
)
Up side rate Down side rate

Oset rate

The number is changed


by + key or key.

Currently selected condition

&$0%5)/3
1250 
%5$.()/$3&$0%(5
 57  57  2)6
)/
Selection of whether or
not mixing from brake
FLP to camber FLP is
performed

0,;,1+
6:6Z$'2:1
Brake FLP to camber FLP
mixing switch selection

Glider

Camber FLP page


[Brakeap Camberap]

Brake FLP to camber FLP


mixing rate and offset
(axis shift)

Brake FLP to camber FLP mixing


switch operation direction

159

CAMBR MIX

Camber mixing

(GLIDER)
WING TYPE

Function

This function adjusts the rate of camber


operation for the wing camber (ailerons, camber
flaps, brake flaps) in the negative and positive
directions. The aileron, flap, and elevator rates
can also be adjusted independently and attitude
changes caused by camber operation can be

All the wing control surfaces are


lowered and the camber is increased
(lift increases)
Attitude changes are compensated for by setting the
amount of elevator movement.

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

corrected.
,QLWLDOVHWWLQJDVVLJQVFDPEHURSHUDWLRQWRVLGHOHYHU'7
2SHUDWLRQFDQEHWXUQHGRQDQGRIIE\VZLWFK
95FDQEHFKDQJHGE\$8;FKDQQHO

All the wing control surfaces are


raised and the camber is
decreased (lift decreases)

Turn the VR

Attitude changes are compensated for by setting the


amount of elevator movement.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "CAMBR MIX"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Sets the amount of


movement when
the VR was turned.

Currently selected condition

&$0%50,; 1250 


 5$7(  5$7( 
$,/
$,/
0,;,1+
6:6Z$'2:1

Glider

Aileron1
Aileron2
Camber MIX ACT/INH
Can be set to operate
from a switch. When
NULL, it is operated by
a VR.
( R AT E1)T h e a m o u n t o f
operations when VR is turned to
the right.

The number is changed


by + key or key.
( R AT E2)T h e a m o u n t o f
operations when VR is turned to
the left.

Sets the amount of [Camber FLP page]


Currently selected condition
movement when
&$0%50,; 1250 
the VR is turned.
Flap1
Flap2
Flap3
Flap4
Elevator

160

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

 5$7(  5$7( 


)/3
)/3
)/3
)/3
(/(

Amount of compensation
of the elevator when the
camber changed.

BUTTERFLY

Buttery mixing

(GLIDER)

WING TYPE

Function

This function is utilized to quickly slow the


aircraft and reduce altitude by simultaneously
raising the left and right ailerons and lowering the
DSV FDPEHUDSEUDNHDS 
Butterfly (Crow) produces an extremely
HIFLHQWODQGLQJFRQJXUDWLRQE\DFFRPSOLVKLQJ
WKHIROORZLQJ

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

6ORZWKHDLUFUDIWVYHORFLW\
3 URYLGH ZDVKRXW DW WKH ZLQJ WLSV WR UHGXFH WKH
WHQGHQF\WRWLSVWDOO
& UHDWH PRUH OLIW WRZDUG WKH FHQWHU RI WKH ZLQJ
DOORZLQJLWWR\DWDVORZHUVSHHG
 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK
 7KH SRLQW DW ZKLFK WKH EXWWHUIO\ RSHUDWLRQ
UHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEHRIIVHW
7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG

OFF

ON
Switch set to ON

Resistance increased by raising


the elevators and lowering the
aps

THR stick lowered (High)

Fine tuning of an elevator

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "BUTTERFLY"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Currently selected condition

Amount of movement setting


Aileron1
Aileron2
Amount of elevator
compensation
Buttery : ACT/INH
Can be either set to a
switch or when NULL is
controlled by the THR
stick.

%877(5)/< 1250 


$,/ )/3
$,/ )/3
(/( )/3
)/3
0,;,1+
6:6Z$'2:1
2)67  

Oset setting Select "OFST" XX%.

The number is changed


by + key or key.
When MIX is set to ACT, the
amount of MIX(s) according to
stick operation is displayed.

Brake amount
MAX

Glider

Current THR stick position


0 : Low 100 : High

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

OFST 100%
At THR stick high

press the Jog key for 1 second

High
Slow
THR stick operation
Brake amount
MAX

OFST 60%
At THR stick 60%

press the Jog key for 1 second

When offset is set below a center, the


mixing of THR stick operates by the high
side.

Start from
60%

High

Slow

THR stick operation

161

CAMBR ELE

Camber Elevator mixing


WING TYPE

Function

(GLIDER)

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

When the camber/speed flaps are utilized,


the aircraft might experience, a change in pitch.
This mix compensates for such changes by
incorporating elevator input.

Flap operation
pitch change

 7KH HOHYDWRU VHUYRV XSGRZQ UDWHV FDQ EH


DGMXVWHG VHSDUDWHO\ ,I WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV
UHYHUVHGFKDQJHWKHPL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\ RU 
 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW6:>18//@VHWWLQJ

Flap1
(CH5)
Flap2
(CH6)

compensated
for by elevators

Elevator
(CH2)

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "CAMBR ELE"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

&$0%5(/( 1250
 5$7(  5$7( 
(/(

Mixing rate
Activating the function
Select the setting item
with the Jog key.

0,;,1+
6:6Z$'2:1

3 Position Switch
NULL
ON

UP

ON

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP

UP&CNT
ON

OFF

OFF

ON

UP&DWN

CENTER
OFF
ON
OFF

CNT&DN
OFF
ON
ON

DOWN

Glider

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF
OFF
ON

When condition is used, the display


can be switched and each connection
can be set by switching the condition
switch.

The ON/OFF switch can be changed.


( S e l e c t e d w i t h t h e Jog key a n d
changed with the +key)
Sets the ON/OFF direction of the
selected switch.
( R AT E1) a n d ( R AT E2) s h o w t h e
direction of camber of operation.

Camber ELE mixing


Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then select
the "ON" by pressing the + key or
key.

or

When you do not use a function, set


to the "INH" side.

162

DOWN

When not using this function,


select INH.

Mixing rate
S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n d
then adjust the mixing rate by
pressing the + key or key.

or

Range-120 +120%
Default0%
When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and key simultaneously.

ELE CAMBR

Elevator Camber mixing


WING TYPE

Function

This function is used when you want to mix the


FDPEHUDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG
the flaps are lowered by up elevator, and lift is
increased.

(GLIDER)

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

,QLJKWPL[LQJFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\DVVLJQLQJ
WKLVWRDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW6:>18//@VHWWLQJ
7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
6HWWLQJVRWKDWWKHDSVDUHQRWRSHUDWHGQHDUWKH
FHQWHURIWKHHOHYDWRUVLVSRVVLEOH 5$1*(

Aileron1
(CH1)
Flap1
Flap3
(Camber Flap) (Brake Flap)
(CH5)
(CH8)

Up the elevator

ap is down

Flap4
(Brake Flap)
Aileron2
(CH9)
Flap2
(CH7)
(Camber Flap)
(CH6)

Elevator
(CH2)

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "ELE CAMBR"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Currently selected condition


Mixing rate
Aileron1
Aileron2
Camber MIX ACT/INH
Can be either set to a
switch or when NULL is
always active.

(/(&$0%5 1250 


 5$7(  5$7( 
$,/
$,/
0,;,1+
6:6Z$'2:1
5$1*( 
Described on
the next page.

Current position of the


elevator stick

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

The number is changed


by + key or key.

Currently selected condition


Mixing rate

(/(&$0%5 1250 

Flap1
Flap2
Flap3
Flap4

 5$7(  5$7( 


)/3
)/3
)/3
)/3

Glider

[ELE Camber page]

(RATE1) and (RATE2) show


the direction of elevator of
operation.

163

ELE Camber
(/(&$0%5 1250 
 5$7(  5$7( 
$,/
$,/
0,;,1+
6:6Z$'2:1
5$1*( 

When MIX is set to ACT, the


amount of MIX(s) according to
stick operation is displayed.

Setting that inhibits camber mixing near the elevator center position. Setting so
that camber mixing is performed only when the elevators were operated greatly
is possible.

RANGE setting
Setting state
Select the "0%" item next to
RANGE with the Jog key.

To setting value
Move the elevator stick to the position you
want operation to begin.

Can be either up or down. When set


to down, the up side is also set by the
same amount.

Set value memorization


Press the Jog key for 1 second.

Hold the stick in


position.

(/(&$0%5 1250 


 5$7(  5$7( 
$,/
$,/
0,;,1+
6:6Z$'2:1
5$1*( 
When elevator operation exceeds the range,
the stick position is displayed and mixing is
performed.

Glider

164

When a RANGE number is selected and the


Jog key is pressed for 1 second, RANGE is
reset to 0% and normal mixing is performed.

AIL CAMBR

Aileron Camber mixing


WING TYPE

Function

7KLVPL[LQJOLQNVWKHFDPEHUDSVZLWKDLOHURQ
operation (stick). It is used when you want to
increase roll axis maneuverability.

(GLIDER)

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH


OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJ
WKHUDWHSRODULW\
Flaps and ailerons
operate

OFF

ON
Set switch to ON

Roll is corrected by using


the ailerons to control the
camber FLP.

Ailerons operation

Method
Calling the setting screen
Select "AIL CAMBR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Call the menu screen from the


home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

$,/&$0%5 1250
 /()7  5,*+7 
)/3
)/3
0,;,1+
6:6Z$'2:1

Mixing rate
Activating the function
Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
3 Position Switch
NULL
ON
ON
ON

UP

UP&DWN
ON

ON

ON
ON

OFF

OFF
OFF

OFF

ON

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP

UP&CNT

CENTER
OFF
ON

CNT&DN
OFF
ON

OFF

ON

DOWN
OFF
OFF
ON

When not using this function,


select INH.
When condition was used, the
display can be switched and
each connection can be set by
switching the condition switch.

The ON/OFF switch can be changed.


( S e l e c t e d w i t h t h e Jog key a n d
changed with the +key)
Sets the ON/OFF direction of the
selected switch.

DOWN

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

Glider

ON

AIL Camber mixing


Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then select
the "ON" by pressing the + key or
key.

or

When you do not use a function, set


to the "INH" side.

Mixing rate
S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n d
then adjust the mixing rate by
pressing the + key or key.

or

Range-120 +120%
Default0%
When you want to return the set value to the initial value,
press the + key and key simultaneously.

165

AIL BRKFL

Aileron Brake ap mixing


WING TYPE

Function

This mixing links the brake flaps with aileron


operation (stick). It is used when you want to
increase roll axis maneuverability.

(GLIDER)

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH


OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJ
WKHUDWHSRODULW\
Flaps and ailerons
operate

OFF

ON
Set the switch to ON

Roll is corrected by using


the ailerons to control the
brake FLP.

Ailerons operation

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "AIL BRKFL"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

$,/%5.)/ 1250
Mixing rate
Activating the function
Select the setting item
with the Jog key.

 /()7  5,*+7 


)/3
)/3
0,;,1+
6:6Z$'2:1

3 Position Switch
NULL
ON

UP

ON

OFF

ON
OFF

ON

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP

UP&CNT
ON

OFF

OFF

ON

UP&DWN
ON

ON

CENTER
OFF
ON
OFF

CNT&DN
OFF
ON
ON

OFF
ON

When condition was used, the


display can be switched and each
connection can be set by switching
the condition switch.

The ON/OFF switch can be changed.


( S e l e c t e d w i t h t h e Jog key a n d
changed with the +key)
Sets the ON/OFF direction of the
selected switch.

DOWN

Glider

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

AIL BRKFL mixing


Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item and then select
the "ON" by pressing the + key or
key.

or

When you do not use a function, set


to the "INH" side.

166

DOWN
OFF

When not using this function,


select INH.

Mixing rate
S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n d
then adjust the mixing rate by
pressing the + key or key.

or

Range-120 +120%
Default0%
When you want to return the set value to the initial value,
press the + key and key simultaneously.

Trim mix

TRIM MIX

(GLIDER)
WING TYPE

Function

1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

7KHVHUYRVSHHGDWZKLFKWULPLVWRWKHVHWSRVLWLRQ
FDQEHVHW

This function shifts the ailerons, elevators, and


HDFKDSWULPWRWKHSUHVHWSRVLWLRQE\PHDQVRID
switch.

OFF

Aileron1
(CH1)
Flap1
Flap3
(Camber Flap) (Brake Flap)
(CH5)
(CH8)

ON
Set the switch to ON

Trim of each control surface is


moved to the set value.

Flap4
(Brake Flap)
Aileron2
(CH9)
Flap2
(CH7)
(Camber Flap)
(CH6)

Elevator
(CH2)

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "TRIM MIX"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

[TRIM MIX page1]

75,00,; 1250 


$,/ )/3
$,/ )/3
(/()/3
)/3

Select the setting item


with the Jog key.

[TRIM MIX page2]

The number is changed


by + key or key.

75,00,;

Activating the function

'(/$< $,/2))
)/32))
(/(2))

3 Position Switch
NULL
ON
ON
ON

UP
ON
OFF
OFF

2 Position Switch
NULL
UP

UP&DWN
ON
OFF
ON

DOWN

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

UP&CNT
ON
ON
OFF

CENTER
OFF
ON
OFF

CNT&DN
OFF
ON
ON

DOWN
OFF
OFF
ON

Sets the trim neutral position of each


control surface.
Range-100 +100
Returned to 0 by pressing the + key
and key simultaneously.
The ON/OFF switch can be changed.
(Selected with the Jog key and
changed with the +key)
Sets the ON/OFF direction of the
selected switch.

Glider

When not using this


function, select INH.

0,;,1+
6:6Z$'2:1

When condition is used, the display


can be switched and each connection
can be set by switching the condition
switch.

Servo speed at which the trim position is to the set


position. Sudden attitude changes are prevented
by turning the switch on. (Selected by Jog key and
changed by + key and key.)
RangeOFF(fast shift1 10slow shift
Returned to OFF by pressing the Jog key for a long
time.
*This is not the servo speed when the stick was
operated.

167

Multicopter Function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function when
the model type was set to multicopter (MULTI COPT) is displayed here.

Power ON

First set the


throttle to slow.

To menu screen
by holding down
the + key

Then turn on the


power.
Home screen

When t h e E N D k e y i s
pressed, the display returns
to the home screen.

When the + key is pressed for


1 second, the menu screen is
1 second
displayed.

END

MENU
0(18
0(18

 

MENU
1/2

0'/6(/
0'/1$0(
)$,/6$)(
5(9(56(
7,0(5
6(592

(1'32,17
75,0
68%75,0
30,;
$8;&+$1
3$5$0(7(5

Multicopter

0(18

MENU
2/2

7(/(0(75<
6(1625
6%86/,1.
0'/75$16
75$,1(5
*<526(16

'5(;32
&175$/50

Selection
Move the cursor
(highlighted) up and down
and to the left and right
with the Jog key and select
the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.

Calling the setting screen

Press the Jog key to open the


setting screen.

168

key LCD
key

key

Jog key

END key

Refer to "Common Functions"


previously described for a
description of this function.
Function
MENU1/3
MDL-SEL

MENU2/3
(P.40)

TELEMETRY

(P.66)

Model select Model Copy Data


reset RX Link

Telemetry Display Alarm setup

MDL-NAME

Telemetry sensor

(P.43)

Model name User name

FAIL SAFE

(P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE

(P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER

(P.48)

SENSOR
SBUS LINK
MDL-TRANS
TRAINER

SERVO

D/R, EXPO

END POINT

Dual rate EXPO

End point

CNTR ALRM

TRIM

Center alarm

SUB TRIM

(P.52)

Sub trim

P.MIX1-6

(P.170)
(P.171)
(P.173)

Multicopter

Servo monitor Servo test

(P.51)

(P.93)

Trainer
Gyro mixing

Trim reset Trim step

(P.92)

Data transfer of another T10J

GYRO SENS

(P.50)

(P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

Timer

(P.49)

(P.83)

(P.53)

Program mixing 1 6

AUX-CHAN

(P.56)

AUX channel

PARAMETER

(P.58)

Data reset Model type ATLtrim LCD contrast Back light :


mode, time, adjustment Home
display Battery alarm Battery
vibration Buzzer tone Jog
navi Jog light Jog time
Telemetry : mode, unit Speech :
language, volume Stick position
alarm

169

GYRO SENS

Gyro sensor

(MULTICOPT)
7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKH
VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKFDQEH
VHW 6ZLWFKHV$WR+
&+ &+&+ &+&+ RU &+&+&+
FRPELQDWLRQV FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\
VHWWLQJFKDQQHO

Function
This function is dedicated mixing for switching
the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/
NORMAL) of Futaba gyros. Up to 3 axes can be
set. The attitude control of multicopter uses the
system of multicopter attachment.
This "GYROSENS" will be used for accessories,
such as camera control.

*When this function is used, it becomes impossible for


CH5 to use it for multi copter controller.
Use CH6 for multi copter controller and use SwC.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "GYRO SENS"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

*<526(16

Activating the function


Gain Channel selection
Switch direction

When not using this function,


select INH.

Gain switch selection


C u r r e n t s w i t c h o p e r a t i n g
direction

Gyrotype,
Gain rate
Select the setting item
with the Jog key.

Gyro type

Gyro Gain

Switches to the
sensitivity setting
screen of each switch
direction when the
Jog key is pressed.

When using a Futaba GYA gyro, select gyro type GY. This switches the gyro sensitivity setting
item to mode and sensitivity direct reading display.

Multicopter

GYRO SENS
Activating the function
Select the "MIX" item
and then select the
"ON" by pressing the +
key or key.

Sensitivity switch selection


Select the "SW" item and then select the
switch by pressing the + key or key.

or

When you do not use a function, set to the


"INH" side.

Sensitivity setting channel selection


Select the

" C H " i tem an d


or
then select
the sensitivity
setting channel by pressing the + key
or key.

RangeCH5CH5/CH7
CH5/CH8CH5/CH7/CH8
DefaultCH5

170

or

RangeSwA SwHDefaultSwA

Gyro type and sensitivity setting


Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting
screen you want to set and then set type (gyro type)
and rate (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing
the +key or key.
"type"RangeSTD,GYDefaultSTD
"rate"Range0 100%STD, NOR100 0
AVC100%GYDefault50%STD, 0%GY
When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and key simultaneously.

D/R,EXPO

Dual rate EXPO

(MULTICOPT)

Function
D/R
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps
7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ 
GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

EXP
This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral
position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle.
7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDU
WKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKHVLGHLVLQFUHDVHG
WKHVORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH
6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK
VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

Switch selectionSW
Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
'HIDXOW$LOHURQ6ZLWFK' (OHYDWRU6ZLWFK$ 5XGGHU6ZLWFK%

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "D/R,EXPO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second
Multicopter
The channel under selection is
underlined.

Channel selection
Dual rate

Switch Direction

EXPO

The dual rate and exponential


settings are displayed by a
curve.

Switch selection
Channel selection/Select
the setting item with the
Jog key.

Switch number
D/R and EXPO rate display
Top rowLeft side down
Bottom rowRight side up

Channel
1Aileron
2Elevator
3Throttle
4Rudder

171

D/R
A channel is chosen by Jog
key.

Range1, 2, 4

Adjust the rate by moving the cursor


to D/R with the Jog key, switching the
dual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or key.

Range
0 140%
Default100%
When you want to
return the set value
to the initial value,
press the + key and
key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
Moving to another setting item of the same
channel is possible by Jog key.

EXPO
Select the "EXP" item and
then select the channel with
the Jog key.

Adjust the rate by moving the cursor


to EXP with the Jog key, switching the
dual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or key.

Range1 4

Range
-100 +100%
Default0%
When you want to
return the set value to
the initial value, press
the + key and key
simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

Moving to another setting item of the


same channel is possible by Jog key.

Multicopter

Switch Change
Select the "SW" item and then select
the channel with the Jog key.

or

Range1, 2, 4

172

A switch is chosen by + key or -key.

RangeSwA SwH

CNTR ALRM

Center alarm

(MULTICOPT)

Function
$QDODUP VLQJOHEHHS FDQEHVRXQGHGDWWKHVSHFLHGWKURWWOHVWLFNSRVLWLRQ
$ODUPIXQFWLRQ212))FDQEHVHWE\VZLWFK

Beep sounds

When the THR stick


is set to the
specied position.

Method
Calling the setting screen
Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.

Select "CNTR ALRM"


from the menu with the
Jog key.

Open the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

1 second

Select the item with the


Jog key.

67.326,$/50
02'(21
6:6Z$
326,'2:1
67,&. 

When INH is selected, the


function cannot be used.
When ON or OFF is selected,
the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.
The number in parenthesis
is the current throttle stick
position.

Position setting
Stick position is chosen by
Jog key.

Set the throttle stick to the


position at which you want
to generate the alarm.

Multicopter

INH ON/OFF
Switch selsction
Switch direction
Stick position

&175$/50

When the Jog key is held


down the alarm sounds at
that position.

&175$/50
67.326,$/50
02'(21
6:6Z$
326,'2:1
67,&. 

THR Stick

Memorize the position at


which the beep is to sound.

173

TX SETTING
The settings here are special settings that are unnecessary during normal use. The stick mode can be
changed and stick adjustment (calibration), throttle lever reverse, and language can be set.
Turn on the power switch with the + key
7;6(77,1*
67.02'(

and key pressed in the power o state. The


screen shown at the left appears. To return

67.$'7+55(9

1(;7
125

/$1*8$*(

to the home screen, turn off the power


and then turn the power back on without
pressing the keys.

(QJOLVK

STK-MODE

AIL

RUD
ELE THR

THR ELE

MODE 1

RUD

AIL

AIL

RUD

MODE 2

that this be done by Futaba Service. (Charged


modication)

RUD

AIL

ELE THR

This is the MODE1 MODE4 setting. The


initial state is MODE2. To change the mode
the stick ratchet must be changed. Request

THR ELE

MODE 4

MODE 3
STK-ADJ

This function is normally not used. If stick deviation should occur, make this adjustment.
Do not use it in the normal state.
Calling the setting screen
Turn off the power and then
turn the power back on while
pressing the + key and key
simultaneously.

Select STK-ADJ NEXT


in the menu with the Jog
key.

Enter the setting screen by


pressing the Jog key.

Press the Jog key down


and select NEUT .

Set the stick to the neutral


position and press the Jog
key.

Stick adjustment
Select the stick you want to
adjust with 1 4 with the +
key.

4
3

174

Swing the selected stick fully


to the left and right (up and
down).

appears next to "LEFT"


and "RGHT". Press the Jog
key.

When "COMPLETE" is
displayed, adjustment is
complete.

END

THR-REV
This function is not used. When you want to use full throttle with the throttle stick down
and slow with the throttle stick up, select REV. When the stick is up, trim is eective and
when the stick is down, trim is not eective.
*Throttle servo operation reversed by the linkage is usually performed by reverse in the
normal menu. When throttle servo operation is reversed with the THR-REV function, trim
becomes ineective at slow.
THR-REV
Turn off the power and then
turn on the power while
pressing the + key and key
simultaneously.

Select THR-REV NOR


in the menu with the Jog
key.

Select NOR or REV by


pressing the + key or key.
Setting is ended by power
o.

LANGUAGE
The language displayed at proportional can be changed. The initial setting is English, but
can be selected from among 7 languages.
LANGUAGE
Turn off the power and then
turn on the power while
pressing the + key and key
simultaneously.

Select
LANGUAGE English in
the menu with the Jog
key.

Select NOR or REV by


pressing the + key or key.
Setting is ended by power
o.

Return from the transmitter setting screen to the normal menu by turning on the power
without pressing a key.
FUTABA CORPORATION
1080 Yabutsuka, Chosei-mura, Chosei-gun, Chiba-ken, 299-4395, Japan
Phone: +81 475 32 6982, Facsimile: +81 475 32 6983

2014, 02 (2)

175

You might also like